Ece Prevqp 2019 2020 Odd Sem@Azdocuments - in

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 162

INDEX

S/L Subject Code Subject Title Exam Date

Transform Calculus, Fourier Series and


1 18MAT31 Dec.2019 - Jan.2020
Numerical Techniques

2 18EC32 Network Theory Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

3 18EC33 Electronic Devices Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

4 18EC34 Digital System Design Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

5 18EC35 Computer Organization and Architecture Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

6 18EC36 Power Electronics and Instrumentation Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

Constitution of India and Professional Ethics and


7 18CPC39 Dec.2019 - Jan.2020
Cyber Law

8 18MATDIP31 Additional Mathematics – I Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

9 MATDIP301 Advanced Mathematics – I Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

10 17MAT31 Engineering Mathematics – III Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

11 17EC33 Analog Electronics Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

12 17EC34 Digital Electronics Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

13 17EC35 Network Analysis Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

14 17EC36 Engineering Electromagnetics Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

Constitution of India, Professional Ethics &


15 17CPH39/49 Dec.2019 - Jan.2020
Human Rights

16 17MATDIP31 Additional Mathematics – I Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

17 17MAT41 Engineering Mathematics - IV Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

18 17EC42 Signals and Systems Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

19 17EC43 Control Systems Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

20 17EC44 Principles of Communication System s Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

21 17EC46 Microprocessors Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

22 17MATDIP41 Additional Mathematics – II Dec.2019 - Jan.2020


23 MATDIP401 Advanced Mathematics - II Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

24 17EC51 Management and Entrepreneurship Development Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

25 17EC52 Digital Signal Processing Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

26 17EC53 Verilog HDL Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

27 17EC54 Information Theory and Coding Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

28 17EC553 Operating System Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

29 17EC562 Object Oriented Programming Using C++ Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

30 15MATDIP31 Additional Mathematics – I Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

31 15EC32 Analog Electronics Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

32 15EC33 Digital Electronics Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

33 15EC34 Network Analysis Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

34 15EC35 Electronic Instrumentation Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

35 15EC36 Engineering Electromagnetics Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

36 15MAT41 Engineering Mathematics – IV Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

37 15EC43 Control Systems Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

38 15EC44 Signals and Systems Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

39 15EC45 Principles of Communication System Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

40 15MATDIP41 Additional Mathematics – II Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

41 15ES51 Management and Entrepreneurship Development Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

42 15EC52 Digital Signal Processing Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

43 15EC53 Verilog HDL Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

44 15EC54 Information Theory and Coding Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

45 15EC553 Operating System Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

46 15EC562 Object Oriented Programming Using C++ Dec.2019 - Jan.2020


47 15EC61 Digital Communication Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

48 15EC62 ARM Microcontroller & Embedded Systems Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

49 15EC63 VLSI Design Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

50 15EC64 Computer Communication Networks Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

51 15EC661 Data Structures Using C++ Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

52 15EC71 Microwaves and Antennas Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

53 15EC72 Digital Image Processing Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

54 15EC73 Power Electronics Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

55 15EC743 Real Time Systems Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

56 15EC751 DSP Algorithms and Architecture Dec.2019 - Jan.2020

57 15EC81 Wireless Cellular and LTE 4G Broadband Dec.2019 - Jan.2020


pm
18MAT31

00
USN

3:
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

:1
Transform Calculus, Fourier Series and Numerical
Techniques

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

H
01
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

-M
-2 Module-1
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

1 a. Find the Laplace transform of:

H
12
2 2

-M
 4t  5   sin 2t 
(i)  2 t  (ii)   (iii) t cos at . (10 Marks)
8-

 e   t 
H
b. The square wave function f(t) with period 2a defined by f ( t )  
1 0t a
-2

. Show that
-M
 1 a  t  2a
U

1  as 
VT

  tanh   . (05 Marks)


H

s 2
pm
-M

d 2 y dy
c. Employ Laplace transform to solve   0 , y(0)  y1 (0)  3 . (05 Marks)
dt 2 dt

H
52
H

-M
-M

OR
2:

2
  s  
a. Find (i) L1  s  33s  4  (ii) cot 1  
s
H

2 (iii) L1 
:3

 (10 Marks)
H

 s   2  (s  2)(s  3) 
-M
01
-M

b. Find the inverse Laplace transform of, 1


2
using convolution theorem. (05 Marks)
s(s  1)
H
19
H

-M


-M

 2 if 0  t  1
0

 t 2 
c. Express f ( t )   if 1  t  in terms of unit step function and hence find its Laplace
H
-2

 2 2
H

-M


M

cos t
2

 t
2
-1

transformation. (05 Marks)


28

-M

Module-2
2 -2  x  0
a. Obtain the Fourier series of f ( x )  
H

3 . (08 Marks)
x 0  x  2
-M

b. Find the half range cosine series of, f ( x )  ( x  1) in the interval 0  x  1 . (06 Marks)
c. Express f ( x )  x 2 as a Fourier series of period 2 in the interval 0  x  2 . (06 Marks)
H
-M

1 of 3
H
-M
H
M
18MAT31
OR
4 a. Compute the first two harmonics of the Fourier Series of f(x) given the following table :

pm
x° 0 60° 120° 180° 240° 300°
y 7.9 7.2 3.6 0.5 0.9 6.8

00
(08 Marks)
b. Find the half range size series of ex in the interval 0  x  1 . (06 Marks)

3:
2 2
c. Obtain the Fourier series of f ( x )    x valid in the interval     (06 Marks)
12 4

:1

H
01
Module-3

-M
5 a. Find the Infinite Fourier transform of e  x . (07 Marks)

9
b. Find the Fourier cosine transform of f ( x )  e 2 x  4e 3x . (06 Marks)

H
01
c. Solve u n  2  3u n 1  2u n  3n , given u 0  u 1  0 . (07 Marks)

-M
-2 OR

H
12

1 for x  a sin x
6 a. If f ( x )   , find the infinite transform of f(x) and hence evaluate  dx .

-M
0 for x  a 0
x
8-

(07 Marks)
H
b. Obtain the Z-transform of cosh n and sinh n . (06 Marks)
-2

-M
c. Find the inverse Z-transform of 4z 2  2z
U

(07 Marks)
z 3  5z 2  8z  4
VT

Module-4
pm
-M

dy
7 a. Solve  e x  y , y(0)  2 using Taylor’s Series method upto 4th degree terms and find

H
52

dx
H

the value of y(1.1) . -M (07 Marks)


-M

2:

dy
b. Use Runge-Kutta method of fourth order to solve  y  2x at x = 1.1 given y(1)  3
H
:3

dx
H

-M

(Take h = 0.1) (06 Marks)


01
-M

dy
c. Apply Milne’s predictor-corrector formulae to compute y(0.4) given  2e x y , with
dx
H
19
H

(07 Marks)
-M

x 0 0.1 0.2 0.3


-M

y 2.4 2.473 3.129 4.059


0

OR
-2
H

-M

dy
8 a. Given  x  sin y ; y(0) = 1. Compute y(0.4) with h = 0.2 using Euler’s modified
M

dx
-1

method. (07 Marks)


H

dy
28

-M

b. Apply Runge-Kutta fourth order method, to find y(0.1) with h = 0.1 given  y  xy 2  0 ;
dx
y(0) = 1. (06 Marks)
H

dy
c. Using Adams-Bashforth method, find y(4.4) given 5x   y 2  2 with
-M

 dx 
x 4 4.1 4.2 4.3
H

y 1 1.0049 1.0097 1.0143


-M

(07 Marks)
H

2 of 3
-M
H
M
18MAT31

pm
Module-5
2 2

9 a. Solve by Runge Kutta method d y2  x dy   y 2 for x = 0.2 correct 4 decimal places,

00
dx  dx 
using initial conditions y(0) = 1, y(0)  0 , h = 0.2. (07 Marks)

3:
b. Derive Euler’s equation in the standard form, f  d  f  = 0. (06 Marks)

:1
y dx  y 

H
01
x2
2
 y  y 
2
c. Find the extramal of the functional,  2 ye x dx . (07 Marks)

-M
x1

H
01
OR

-M
d2 y dy
10 a. Apply Milne’s predictor corrector method to compute
-2 2
 1 and the following table
dx dx

H
of initial values:
12

-M
x 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
y 1 1.1103 1.2427 1.3990
8-

y 1 1.2103 1.4427 1.6990


H
-2

(07 Marks)
-M

U

2

b. Find the extramal for the functional,
 y 
2
 y 2  2 y sin x dx ; y(0) = 0; y   1 .
VT

0
pm  2
-M

(06 Marks)
c. Prove that geodesics of a plane surface are straight lines. (07 Marks)

H
52
H

-M
-M

2:

*****
H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

H
28

-M
H
-M
H
-M
H

3 of 3
-M
H
M
18EC32

pm
USN

27
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Network Theory

2:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:0
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Using source transformation technique find the current through 5 resistor for the circuit

9
shown in Fig.Q.1(a) (06 Marks)

H
01

-M
Fig.Q.1(a) -2
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
b. Use Mesh Analysis to determine the Mesh currents i1, i2 and i3 for the network shown in

-M
Fig.Q.1(b). (06 Marks)
4-

H
-2

-M
Fig.Q.1(b)
U
VT

pm
c. Find the power delivered by 1A current source using nodal analysis for the circuit shown in
-M

Fig.Q.1(c). (08 Marks)

H
03
H

Fig.Q.1(c) -M
-M

4:

H
:3
H

OR
-M
01
-M

2 a. Three Impedances are connected in delta, obtain the star equivalent of the network.
(06 Marks)
H

b. Use Mesh Analysis to find the power delivered by the dependent voltage source in the
19
H

-M

circuit shown in Fig.Q.2(b). (06 Marks)


-M

H
-2
H

-M

Fig.Q.2(b)
M

2
-1

c. Determine all the node voltages for the circuit shown in Fig.Q.2(c) using nodal analysis.
24

-M

(08 Marks)
H
-M

Fig.Q.2(c)
H
-M
H

1 of 4
-M
H
M
18EC32

Module-2

pm
3 a. State and explain superposition theorem (06 Marks)
b. Use Millman’s Theorem to find the current flowing through (2 + j3) impedance for the
circuit shown in Fig.Q.3(b). (08 Marks)

27
2:
:0

H
Fig.Q.3(b)

01
c. State and prove Norton’s theorem.

-M
(06 Marks)

9
OR

H
01
4 a. Find the Thevenin’s equivalent for the circuit shown in Fig.Q.4(a) with respect to

-M
terminals X-Y. (08 Marks)
-2

H
12

-M
4-

Fig.Q.4(a)
H
b. Find the condition for maximum power transfer in the AC circuit, where both RL and XL are
-2

-M
varying. (06 Marks)
U

c. Determine the current through the load resistance using Norton’s Theorem for the circuit
shown in Fig.Q.4(c). (06 Marks)
VT

pm
-M

H
03
H

Fig.Q.4(c) -M
-M

4:

Module-3
H
:3

5 a. Explain the behavior of R, L, C elements at the time of switching at t = 0, at t = 0+ and t = .


H

-M

(07 Marks)
01
-M

2
di di
b. In the network shown in Fig.Q.5(b). Find i, and 2 at t = 0+. Assume that the capacitor
H

dt dt
19
H

-M

is initially uncharged. (07 Marks)


-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

Fig.Q.5(b)
H

di d 2i
24

-M

c. In the network shown in Fig.Q.5(c) find, i, and 2 at t = 0+. The swich k is closed at
dt dt
t = 0 with zero current in the inductor. (06 Marks)
H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q.5(c)
H

2 of 4
-M
H
M
18EC32

OR

pm
6 a. In the network shown in Fig.Q.6(a). The switch k is changed from position a to b at t = 0,
di d 2i
the steady state is reached at position a. Find i, and 2
at t = 0+. Assume that the

27
dt dt
capacitor is initially uncharged. (10 Marks)

2:
:0

H
01

-M
Fig.Q.6(a)
b. For the network shown in Fig.Q.6(b). The network is in steady state with switch k is closed.

9
d

H
01
At t = 0, the switch is opened. Determine the voltage across the switch Vk and Vk at
dt

-M
t = 0+. -2 (10 Marks)

H
12

-M
4-

H
-2

Fig.Q.6(b)
-M
U

Module-4
VT

7 a. Obtain Laplace transform of pm


-M

i) Step function
ii) Ramp function

H
03

iii) Impulse function. (09 Marks)


H

-M
b. Find the Laplace transform of the periodic signal x(t) as shown in Fig.Q.7(b). (11 Marks)
-M

4:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

Fig.Q.7(b)
H
19
H

-M

OR
-M

8 a. In the series RL circuit shown in Fig.Q.8(a), the source voltage is v(t) = 50 sin 250tV. Using
0

Laplace transform determine, the current when switch K is closed at t = 0. (10 Marks)
H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

H
24

-M

Fig.Q.8(a)
b. Find the Laplace transform of the non-sinusoidal periodic waveform shown in Fig.Q.8(b)
H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q.8(b) (10 Marks)


H

3 of 4
-M
H
M
18EC32

Module-5

pm
9 a. Define Z parameters. Determine Z parameters interms of Y parameters. (06 Marks)

b. Determine h parameters of the circuit shown in Fig.Q.9(b) (07 Marks)

27
2:
:0
Fig.Q.9(b)

H
01

-M
c. For the network shown in Fig.Q.9(c). Find the transmission parameters. (07 Marks)

H
01

-M
-2
Fig.Q.9(c)

H
12

-M
OR
4-

10 a. Define Q-factor, selectivity and Band width. (03 Marks)


H
-2

b. A series RLC circuit has a resistance of 10, an inductance of 0.3H and a capacitance of
-M
100F. The applied voltage is 230V. Find: i) The resonant frequency ii) lower and upper
U

cut off frequencies iii) current at resonance iv) currents at f1 and f2 v) Voltage across.
VT

the inductance at resonance. pm (07 Marks)


-M

c. Derive the expression for the resonant frequency of the circuit shown in Fig.Q.10(c). Also
L

H
03

show that the circuit will resonate at all frequency if R L  R C  . (10 Marks)
H

-M C
-M

4:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

Fig.Q.10(c)
0

H
-2

*****
H

-M
M

2
-1

H
24

-M
H
-M
H
-M

4 of 4
H
-M
H
M
18EC33

pm
USN

18
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Electronic Devices

4:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:1
Note: Answer FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. What are the types of Bonding forceses in solids? Explain. (06 Marks)

9
b. Explain the classification of material based on conductivity and energy band diagram.

H
01
(08 Marks)

-M
c. Find the conductivity of the intrinsic germanium at 300 K. If a donar type impurity is added
-2
to the extent of 1 atom/107 germanium atom assume  n  3800 ,  P  1800 , n i  2.5  10 3 ,
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
Q = 1.602  10 19 . (06 Marks)

-M
0-

OR
2 a. What are Direct and Indirect band gap semiconductor? Explain with examples. (08 Marks)
H
-3

b. Explain the concentration of electron-hole pair in Intrinsic semiconductor with energy band
-M
U

diagram. (06 Marks)


VT

c. Calculate the Intrinsic carrier concentration in Silicon at room temperature T = 300 K ,


H

pm
where B is the material dependent parameter 5.4 10 31 and EG as the bandgap energy
-M

1.12 eV, where K is the Boltzman constant = 8.62  10 5 eV/K. (06 Marks)

H
01
H

Module-2
-M
-M

5:

3 a. With energy band diagram, explain the doping level in extrinsic semiconductor at 0 K and at
H
:3

50 K. (09 Marks)
H

-M

b. What is the magnitude of HALL voltage in a N-Type germanium bar having an majority
01
-M

carrier concentration N D  1017 cm3. Assume B = 0.2 Wb/m2, d = 2 mm, E = 10 V/cm.


H

(05 Marks)
19
H

-M

c. Explain the effect of temperature on semiconductor. (06 Marks)


-M

H
-2

OR
H

-M

4 a. Explain the qualitative description of current flow at P-N junction under equilibrium and
M

biased condition. (08 Marks)


-1

b. Explain zener breakdown and avalanche breakdown under reverse biased P-N junction.
H
30

-M

(06 Marks)
c. Discuss the piece-wise linear approximations of junction diode under ideal condition.
(06 Marks)
H

Module-3
-M

5 a. Explain the optical generation of carrier in a P-N junction. (08 Marks)


b. Discuss the configuration of a solar cell in enlarged view of the planar junction. (06 Marks)
H

c. What is injection-electroluminiscence and what are its applications? (06 Marks)


-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
18EC33

pm
OR
6 a. Explain I-V characteristics of n-p junction as a function of emitter current. (08 Marks)

18
b. Discuss switching operation in common-emitter transistor. (06 Marks)
c. Figure Q6 (c) shows the common emitter amplifier circuit. Calculate IB and IC assume

4:
P  10 s ,  t  0.1 s (06 Marks)

:1

H
01

-M
9

H
01

-M
-2

H
12

-M
0-

H
-3

Fig. Q6 (c)
-M
U
VT

Module-4
H

7
pm
a. Draw and explain the I-V characteristics of n-channel PNJFET for different biasing
-M

voltages. (07 Marks)

H
01

b. Draw and explain the small signal equivalent circuit of n-channel PNJFET. (07 Marks)
H

-M
c. Explain the MOS structure with the aid of parallel-plate capacitor. (06 Marks)
-M

5:

H
:3
H

-M

OR
01
-M

8 a. Explain the effect of frequency on gate voltage of a MOS capacitor with a P-type substrate.
(10 Marks)
H
19
H

b. Explain P-channel enhancement and depletion type MOSFET with their circuit symbols.
-M
-M

(10 Marks)
0

H
-2

Module-5
H

-M

9 a. With schematic diagram, explain ION-implantation system. (07 Marks)


M

b. Explain low pressure chemical vapour deposition reactor.


-1

(07 Marks)
H

c. Discuss photolithography. (06 Marks)


30

-M

OR
H

10 a. What are the different types of integrated circuits and its advantages? (10 Marks)
-M

b. Explain the process of Integration. (10 Marks)

*****
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
18EC34

pm
USN

08
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Digital System Design

5:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

Module-1

-M
1 a. Design a combinational circuit to output the 2’s complement of a 4-bit binary number.

0
(07 Marks)

H
02
b. Identify all prime implicants and essential prime implicants of following function using

-M
K-map:
-2
f(a, b, c, d) = m + (6, 7, 9, 10, 13) + dc(1, 4, 5, 11, 15). Draw the diagram using NAND
gates. (07 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
c. Expand the following in to canonical form and represent in decimal form:

-M
i) f1 = a + bc + acd in to min-terms
2-

ii) f2 = a(b +c) (a + c + d) into max terms. (06 Marks)


H
-0

OR
-M
2 a. Find the minimal sum of the following Boolean function using Quine-McClusky method:
U

f(a, b, c, d) = m (7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15) + dc (4, 11). (07 Marks)
VT

b. Using K-map determine minimal product of sum expressions an implement the simplified
pm
-M

equation using only NOR gates:


f(w, x, y, z) = (1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10) + d(0, 14, 15). (07 Marks)

H
34

c. Explain briefly K-map, Incompletely specified functions, essential prime implicants and
H

Gray code. -M (06 Marks)


-M

3:

Module-2
H
:3

3 a. Implement the following using 3 to 8 decoder with active low enable and active HIGH
H

-M

outputs:
01
-M

i) f1(a, b, c, d) = m (0, 1, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 15)


ii) f2(a, b, c) = (1, 3, 6, 7) (06 Marks)
H
20
H

b. Explain 4-bit carry look-ahead adder with necessary diagram and relevant expressions.
-M

(08 Marks)
-M

c. Design 4 line to 2 line priority encoder which gives MSB the highest priority and LSB least
0

priority.
H

(06 Marks)
-2
H

-M

OR
M

4 a. Implement f(a, b, c, d) = (0, 4, 8, 10, 14, 15) using


-0

i) 8:1 MUX with a, b, c as select lines


H

ii) 4:1 MUX with a, b as select lines.


02

(06 Marks)
-M

b. Design a two bit magnitude comparator and draw the neat diagram. (08 Marks)
c. Explain the structure of programmable logic arrays (PLA) with an example. (06 Marks)
H

Module-3
-M

5 a. Explain clocked SR flip flop using NAND gates with necessary truth table and waveform.
(06 Marks)
b. Explain with a neat diagram and truth table, a 4-bit SIPO shift register to store binary
H

number 1011. (07 Marks)


-M

c. What is race around condition? Explain JK master slave flip flop with a diagram, function
table and timing diagram. (07 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
18EC34

pm
OR
6 a. Explain with an excitation table, the conversion of SR flip flop in to JK and D flip flop.
(06 Marks)

08
b. Explain the working of 4-bit Twisted Ring counter using necessary diagram and waveform.
(07 Marks)

5:
c. Explain the working of 3-bit Asynchronous up-down counter with necessary waveform and
truth table. (07 Marks)

:1

H
01
Module-4

-M
7 a. Design a self correcting synchronous counter using positive edge triggered JK flip flop to
count 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 0, 1, 2…. Use the state table and state diagram. (10 Marks)

0
b. Design a clocked sequential circuit which operates according to the state diagram shown in

H
02
Fig.Q.7(b). Implement the circuit using negative edge triggered JK flip-flop. (10 Marks)

-M
-2

H
01

-M
2-

H
-0

-M
U

Fig.Q.7(b)
VT

OR
pm
-M

8 a. Construct the excitation table, transition table, state table and state diagram for the

H
34

sequential circuit shown in Fig.Q.8(a). (10 Marks)


H

-M
-M

3:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
20
H

-M

Fig.Q.8(a)
-M

b. Realize synchronous decade counter using T-flip-flop and draw the neat diagram. (10 Marks)
0

H
-2
H

Module-5
-M
M

9 a. Design a Melay type sequence detector to detect the sequence of 101 in the given sequence
-0

of 001101100101011. (10 Marks)


H

b. With necessary diagram, explain the concept of serial adder with accumulators. (10 Marks)
02

-M

OR
10 a. Design a sequential circuit to convert BCD to Excess-3 code with state table, state graph and
H

transition table. (10 Marks)


-M

b. Explain the design of sequential circuit using CPLDs and give CPLD implementation of a
shift register and parallel adder with accumulator. (10 Marks)
H

*****
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
18EC35

pm
USN

Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

13
Computer Organization and Architecture

6:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. With a neat diagram, explain basic operational concept of computer. (10 Marks)

0
b. Explain in brief different types of key parameters that affect the processor performance.

H
02
(05 Marks)
c. Explain the Bus Structures.

-M
(05 Marks)
-2 OR
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
2 a. Illustrate Instruction and Instruction sequencing with an example. (10 Marks)

-M
b. Define Byte Addressability, Big-endian and Little-endian assignment. (06 Marks)
6-

c. Represent 85.125 in IEEE floating point using single precision. (04 Marks)

H
-0

Module-2
-M
3 a. What is an addressing mode? Explain any five types of addressing modes with example.
U

(10 Marks)
VT

b. Write a program to add ‘n’ number using indirect addressing mode.


pm (06 Marks)
c. Explain various assembler directives used in assembly language program.
-M

(04 Marks)

H
49

OR
H

4 a. Explain stack operation with an example -M (10 Marks)


-M

b. Explain subroutine linkage with an example using linkage register.


9:

(06 Marks)
c. Explain the shift and rotate operations with example. (04 Marks)
H
:2
H

-M

Module-3
01
-M

5 a. Showing the possible register configuration in I/O interface, explain program controlled
input/output. (10 Marks)
H
20
H

b. What is an interrupt? With an example illustrate the concept of interrupt. (10 Marks)
-M
-M

OR
H
-2

6 a. Explain in detail, the situations where a number of devices capable of initiating interrupts
H

-M

are connected to processor. How to resolve the problems? (10 Marks)


M

b. Explain the registers involved in a DMA interface, to illustrate DMA. (06 Marks)
-0

c. Explain the concept of Vectored Interrupt. (04 Marks)


H
06

-M

Module-4
7 a. With figure, explain Internal Organization of 2M×8 dynamic memory chip. (10 Marks)
b. Illustrate Internal structure of static memories.
H

(10 Marks)
-M

OR
8 a. With a neat diagram, explain virtual memory organization. (10 Marks)
H

b. Briefly explain any four non-volatile memory concepts. (05 Marks)


-M

c. Briefly explain secondary storage devices. (05 Marks)

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
18EC35

pm
Module-5

13
9 a. Explain the three-bus organization of the processor and its advantages. (10 Marks)
b. Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit. (05 Marks)

6:
c. Discuss the control sequence for execution of instruction ADD(R3), R1 (05 Marks)

:1
OR

H
01
10 a. With a block diagram, describe the organization of a micro programmed control unit.

-M
(10 Marks)
b. Describe the sequence of control signals to be generated to fetch an instruction from

0
memory in a single bus organization. (10 Marks)

H
02

-M
-2 *****

H
01

-M
6-

H
-0

-M
U
VT

pm
-M

H
49
H

-M
-M

9:

H
:2
H

-M
01
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
06

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
18EC36

pm
USN

13
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Power Electronics and Instrumentation

0:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1
1 a. Name the power semiconductor devices along their circuit symbols and maximum Ratings.

0
(04 Marks)

H
02
b. Explain the operation of SCR, interms of two transistor model and derive anode current and

-M
gate currents relation. Discuss how a small gate current can trigger the device into condition.
-2 (08 Marks)
c. The latching current of a thyristor circuit is 60m Amp. The duration of the firing pulse is
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01

50sec. Given Vs = 100V, R = 20 and L = 0.5H are connected in series.

-M
i) Derive the expression for circuit current i(t)
9-

ii) Draw variation of current i(t) with reference to time


H
-0

iii) Will the thyristor device gets turned ON? (08 Marks)
-M
U

OR
VT

2 a. Enumerate the applications of power electronics. (04 Marks)


H

pm
b. Explain the operation of self commutation by resonating load [class A] with relevant circuit
-M

and waveforms. (08 Marks)


c. What are the gate triggering schemes? Explain with circuit diagram and wave forms, now

H
40
H

RC triggering circuit turns ON (triggers) SCRs. -M (08 Marks)


-M

1:

Module-2
H
:3

3 a. Explain the control strategies used to operate choppers. (06 Marks)


H

-M

b. Explain with the help of neat circuit diagram and waveforms, the operation of a single phase
01
-M

half wave controlled rectifiers with resistive load. Derive an expression for the :
i) Average load voltage ii) RMS load voltage. (08 Marks)
H

c. For the ideal type A [step down] chopper circuit, following conditions are given : V = 220V,
20
H

-M
-M

Duty cycle = 0.3, Chopping frequency f = 500Hz, R = 1, L = 3mH and Eb = 23 volts.
0

Determine the following :


H
-2

i) Minimum value of output current (load)


H

-M

ii) Maximum value of output current (load)


M

iii) Average output (load) current. (06 Marks)


-0

OR
09

-M

4 a. Explain the effect of free wheeling diode used in controlled rectifiers. (04 Marks)
b. With the circuit diagram and circuit waveforms, explain the principle of operation of step-up
chopper. (08 Marks)
H

c. A single phase fully controlled bridge rectifier is feeding to a RL load, to obtain a regulated
-M

DC output voltage. The RMS value of the AC voltage is 230V, at 50Hz and the firing angle
is maintained at /3, so that the load current is 4Amp.
H

i) Calculate the DC average output voltage


-M

ii) Active power and reactive power input


iii) Assuming the load resistance remains the same, determine DC average output voltage. If
a freewheeling diode is used at output with all the conditions remains same. (08 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
18EC36

pm
Module-3
5 a. Define the terms : i) instrument ii) Accuracy iii) Absolute error iv) Relative errors?

13
(04 Marks)
b. Explain the operation of single – phase half bridge inverter connected to RL load, with the

0:
help of circuit and waveforms. (08 Marks)
c. A basic D arsonval movement with a null scale deflection of 2mAmp and having an internal

:1
resistance of 50 is available. It is to be converted into a 0–10V, 0–1000V, 0–100V and

H
01
0–250V multi range voltmeter. Determine the value of resistance to extend? (08 Marks)

-M
OR

0
6 a. What are inverters? Classify the inverters according to commutation and connections?

H
02
(04 Marks)

-M
b. What are the static errors? Explain them in detail with examples.
-2 (08 Marks)
c. A single phase half bridge inverter, has resistive load of R = 3 and DC input voltage

H
01
Vdc = 50 volts. Calculate :

-M
i) RMS output voltage at fundamental frequency
ii) The output power (P0)
9-

iii) The average and peak current of each thyristor


H
-0

iv) The peak – reverse blocking voltage of each thyristor. (08 Marks)
-M
U

Module-4
VT

7 a. Explain how a simple AC bridge circuit operates and derive an expression for the unknown
pm
parameters.
-M

(04 Marks)
b. With the aid of diagram, explain the working of unbalanced wheat stone bridge and derive

H
40

for a galvanometer current expression. (08 Marks)


H

c. Explain the principle of operation of digital time measurement with basic block diagram.
-M
-M

(08 Marks)
1:

H
:3

OR
H

-M

8 a. What are the advantages of digital instruments over analog instruments? (04 Marks)
01
-M

b. Determine the equivalent parallel resistance and capacitance that causes a Wein’s bridge to
null condition with the following values : R1 = 3.1K, C1 = 5.2F, R2= 55K, R4 = 100K,
H
20
H

ff = 2.5KHz. Derive the balanced expressions. (08 Marks)


-M

c. With neat block diagram, explain the operating principle of a Ramp type DVM. (08 Marks)
-M

H
-2

Module-5
H

-M

9 a. Define transducers. What are advantages of electrical transducers? (04 Marks)


M

b. Explain instrumentation Amplifier using transducer bridge with the help of circuit diagram.
-0

(08 Marks)
H

c. Explain with neat diagram the PLC structure. (08 Marks)


09

-M

OR
10 a. What are features of instrumentation Amplifiers? How it differs from the ordinary opAmp.
H

(04 Marks)
-M

b. Describe the operation of resistive position transducer with constructional diagram and
typical circuit used. (08 Marks)
c. With the aid of Bridge circuit, explain the working of resistance thermometer. Mention
H

limitations of it. (08 Marks)


-M

*****
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
Question Paper Version : A
USN

11
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

6:
Constitution of India and Professional Ethics and Cyber

:0
Law

H
01
(COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)

-M
Time: 2 hrs.] [Max. Marks: 100

H
01
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATES

-M
1. Answer all the Hundred questions, each question carries ONE mark.
-2

H
2. Use only Black ball point pen for writing / darkening the circles.
12

-M
3. For each question, after selecting your answer, darken the appropriate circle
8-

corresponding to the same question number on the OMR sheet.


H
-1

-M
4. Darkening two circles for the same question makes the answer invalid.
U

5. Damaging/overwriting, using whiteners on the OMR sheets are strictly


VT

prohibited.
pm
-M

H
48
H

-M
-M

8:

1. When the Indian Constitution enacted and adopted?


a) 26/10/1949 b) 26/12/1949 c) 26/11/1949 d) 26/01/1949
H
:2
H

-M
01

2. When the Indian Constitution gives effect


-M

a) 26/10/1949 b) 26/12/1949 c) 26/01/1950 d) 26/01/1949


H
19
H

Which of the following word was added in the Preamble of the Constitution by 42 nd
-M

3.
-M

Amendment Act 1976


0

a) Socialist b) Sovereign c) Federal d) Republic


H
-2
H

-M

4. The President power to suspend death sentence temporarily is called


M

a) Respite b) Reprieve c) Remission d) Constitution


-1

H
18

5. The Preamble of the Constitution has been amended so far


-M

a) 4 times b) 3 times c) twice d) Once


H

6. Who are not entitled to form Union


-M

a) Students b) Police c) Teachers d) Entrepreneurs

7. Which is not a Fundamental Right


H

a) Right against exploitation b) Right to freedom of religion


-M

c) Right to strike d) Right to equality


H

Version A – 1 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
8. Which of the following is not one of the 3 organs of state / Union
a) Executive b) Press c) Judiciary d) Legislation

11
9. How many Anglo Indians and others can be nominated by the President to the Lok Sabha and

6:
Rajyasabha
a) 2 & 12 b) 2 & 10 c) 1 & 12 d) 1 & 10

:0

H
01
10. Which state Constitution has removed by the Parliament of India?

-M
a) West Bengal b) Nagaland c) Sikkim d) Jammu & Kashmir

9
11. Which is the landmark Judgement passed by the Supreme Court in respect to Preamble of

H
01
Constitution

-M
a) Beur beri -2 b) Keshavananda Bharathi
c) Menaka Gandhi d) Sonia Gandhi

H
12

12. Who is the neutral person in the affairs of party politics

-M
a) C.M b) Home Minister c) Finance Minister d) Speaker
8-

13. H
Indian Constitution guarantees reservation of seats to SC & ST in
-1

-M
a) Lok Sabha and Assembly b) Lok Sabha only
U

c) Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha d) Rajya Sabha


VT

14.
pm
Who will preside over the joint session of both the houses of the Parliament
-M

a) President b) Prime Minister c) Speaker d) Law Minister

H
48

15. What is the minimum age for becoming M.P in Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha
H

a) 18 and 25 b) 25 and 18 c) 25 and 30


-M d) 30 and 25
-M

8:

16. India is referred to as _______ under the Indian Constitution


H
:2
H

a) Country b) Hindustan c) India d) Bharat


-M
01
-M

17. The citizens can enforce their Fundamental Rights before SC under
H

a) Article 31 b) Article 32 c) Article 33 d) Article 34


19
H

-M
-M

18. Who quoted “Child of Today is Citizen of Tomorrow”?


0

a) L. Tilak b) Jawaharlal Nehru c) B.R. Ambedkar d) Gandhiji


H
-2
H

-M

19. What is the minimum age required for casting of Vote


M

a) 18 b) 19 c) 20 d) 21
-1

20. Who quoted “Freedom is my birth right”?


18

-M

a) L. Tilak b) Jawaharlal Nehru c) Sardar Patel d) Gandhiji

21. When the office of the President falls vacant , the same must be filled up within
H

a) 4 months b) 6 months c) 12 months d) 18 months


-M

22. The Preamble of the Constitution indicates


H

a) Power to make laws


b) The sovereign of Indian Constitution
-M

c) Power of Parliament to amend the Constitution


d) Sources of Constitution.
H

Version A – 2 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
23. Which important human right is protected under Article 21
a) Right to Equality b) Right to life and liberty

11
c) Right to freedom of speech d) Right to religion

6:
24. Right to Equality is guaranteed under Article

:0
a) 13 b) 15 c) 16 d) 14

H
01
25. No person shall be punished for same offence more than once

-M
a) Jeopardy b) Double Jeopardy

9
c) Ex-post facto law d) Testimonial compulsion

H
01

-M
26. The Rajya Sabha
a) Is a Permanent House -2 b) Has a life of 6 years
c) Has a life of 5 years d) Has a life of 7 years

H
12

-M
27. The Quorum or minimum number of members required to hold the meetings of either houses
8-

of the Parliament is
a) One - tenth b) One - fifth c) One - third
H d) One - fourth
-1

-M
U

28. The Advice of Supreme Court is


a) Binding on the President
VT

b) Not binding on the President


pm
-M

c) Binding on the President if it is tendered unanimously


d) None of these

H
48
H

29. Article 19 provides -M


-M

8:

a) 6 freedoms b) 7 freedoms c) 8 freedoms d) 5 freedoms


H
:2
H

30. Who is the present speaker of Lok Sabha


-M
01
-M

a) Sumithra Mahajan b) K.S Hegde c) Om Birla d) Venkiah Naidu


H

31. One of the salient features of our constitution in


19
H

-M

a) It is fully rigid b) It is fully flexible


-M

c) It is partly rigid and partly flexible d) None of these


0

H
-2

32. A person to be appointed as a Governor of a State must have completed the age of
H

-M

a) 30 years b) 35 years c) 45 years d) 50 years


M

2
-1

33. The Chief Election Commission holds office for a period of


H
18

a) 3 years b) 6 years
-M

c) 5 years d) 6 years or till he attains age of 65 years


H

34. The procedure for amending the constitution is detailed under


-M

a) Article 360 b) Article 368 c) Article 352 d) Article 301

35. Writ of Mandamus can be issued on the ground of


H

a) Non – performance of public duties b) Unlawful Detention


-M

c) Unlawful occupation of public office d) None of these


H

Version A – 3 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
36. Who acted as the Chairman of the drafting committee of the Constitution of India?
a) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar b) B.C. Rajgopalanchari

11
c) Dr. Rajendra Prasad d) Jawaharlal Nehru

6:
37. Engineering Ethics is

:0
a) A macro Ethics b) Business Ethics
c) A developing Ethics d) A code of Scientific rules based on Ethics

H
01

-M
38. The use of intellectual property of others without permission or credit is referred as

9
a) Cooking b) Stealing c) Plagiarism d) Trimming.

H
01

-M
39. Who is the chair person of Parliament
a) CM
-2
b) PM c) FM d) Speaker

H
12
40. Who will impeach the Chief Justice of India

-M
a) Supreme Court b) Law Minister
8-

c) 2/3rd Majority of Parliament d) By Rajya Sabha


H
-1

-M
41. Who appoints Lieutenant Governor General to Delhi
U

a) PM b) Law Minister c) President d) Vice - President


VT

42.
pm
Who acts as a President when neither the President not the Vice – President is available
-M

a) Speaker of Lok Sabha b) Attorney General of India


c) Chief Justice of India d) Speaker of Rajya Sabha

H
48
H

-M
How many judges are there in the SC including Chief Justice of India?
-M

43.
8:

a) 15 b) 19 c) 25 d) 31
H
:2
H

-M

44. The Parliamentary system of the Indian Constitution is borrowed from


01
-M

a) Britain Constitution b) Objective Constitution


c) Canada Constitution d) Australian Constitution
H
19
H

-M

45. The final interpreter to the Indian Constitution is


-M

a) Speaker of LS b) Parliament c) President d) Supreme Court


0

H
-2
H

46. The person arrested has to be produced before Magistrate within


-M
M

a) 1 week b) 24 hours c) 72 hours d) 2 months


-1

47. Which is the language to be used in Parliament


18

-M

a) Kannada b) Hindi c) English d) Both (b) & (c)

48. President made Proclamation of emergency on the grounds of internal disturbance for first
H

time in
-M

a) 1975 b) 1965 c) 1962 d) 1950

Who will impeach Chief Election Commissioner of India


H

49.
a) President b) Vice President
-M

c) Prime Minister d) By 2/3rd majority of Parliament


H

Version A – 4 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
50. Which is the highest Court of the Country
a) High Court b) Supreme Court c) District Court d) CET

11
51. The Chief Justice of High – Court is appointed by

6:
a) President b) Chief Minister c) Prime Minister d) Governor

:0
52. Which is Not a Fundamental right

H
01
a) Right to freedom b) Right to Constitutional remedy

-M
c) Right to property d) Right to equality

9
53. The tenure of Vice – President

H
01
a) 2 years b) 5 years c) 3 years d) 1 year

-M
54. -2
How many Schedules are there in Indian Constitution?
a) 7 b) 5 c) 12 d) 6

H
12

-M
55. The membership of Legislative Assembly of State varies between
8-

a) 60 & 500 b) 100 & 300 c) 150 & 450 d) 100 & 400
H
-1

56. According to Indian Constitution, the power of amending the Constitution is vested with
-M
a) Parliament b) President
U

c) People d) The Prime Minister of India


VT

57. Engineers can use code of ethics as guidelines to


pm
-M

a) Resolve the conflicts b) Formulate the problem


c) Shift of Responsibility d) Overcome the work pressure

H
48
H

What is the maximum strength of Lok Sabha


-M
-M

58.
8:

a) 500 b) 545 c) 552 d) 550


H
:2
H

59. Union list has


-M
01
-M

a) 95 subjects b) 97 subjects c) 105 subjects d) 66 subjects


H

60. The Fundamental Rights of Indian citizen are contained in


19
H

-M

a) Part – III of Constitution b) Part – IV of Constitution


-M

c) The 7th Schedule of Constitution d) None of these


0

H
-2

61. India has


H

-M

a) Democracy b) Presidental system


M

c) Direct Democracy d) Parliamentary Democracy


-1

62. What is the punishment given , if computer source documents are tampared
18

-M

a) Imprisonment of 2 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs


b) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs
c) Imprisonment of 4 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs
H

d) Imprisonment of 5 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs


-M

63. What is the punishment given , if computer has been hacked under Section 43
H

a) Imprisonment of 1 year with fine upto Rs 2 lakhs


-M

b) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine upto Rs 5 lakhs


c) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine upto Rs 4 lakhs
d) Imprisonment of 4 years with fine upto Rs 5 lakhs
H

Version A – 5 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
64. Who appoints Prime Minister

11
a) The President of India b) Lok Sabha
c) The majority party is Lok Sabha d) Rajya Sabha

6:
How much time was taken for framing Constitution?

:0
65.
a) 2 years 11 months and 18 days b) 13 years 11 months and 18 days

H
01
c) 4 years 11 months and 18 days d) 1 year 11 months and 18 days

-M
66. The President of India is

9
a) The real ruler of India b) Head of the Government

H
01
c) Constitution Head of Country d) Head of the State

-M
67.
-2
Which of the State has highest members in Lok Sabha

H
12
a) Andra Pradesh b) Uttar Pradesh c) Madhya Pradesh d) Karnataka

-M
68. The Council of Ministers and Prime Minister shall not exceed total strength of the LokSabha
8-

a) 5 % b) 10 % c) 12 % d) 15 %
H
-1

-M
69. The total number of seats in Legislative Assembly of Karnataka is
U

a) 200 b) 224 c) 240 d) 250


VT

70.
pm
The basic feature of the Indian Constitution is found in
-M

a) Fundamental duties b) Fundamental Rights

H
48

c) Preamble d) Directive Principle of State Policy


H

-M
-M

71. Uniform Civil code means


8:

a) A code related to individuals public life b) A code meant for Hindu only
H
:2

c) A Civil procedure code


H

-M

d) A Codified Law applicable to all person of India irrespective of their religion


01
-M

72. The Vice – President has power


H
19
H

a) To sign bills passed by Rajya Sabha b) To preside over Rajya Sabha


-M
-M

c) To nominate two members for Rajya Sabha d) To propagate ordinance


0

H
-2

73. Parliament of India consists of


H

-M

a) Lok Sabha b) Lok Sabha & Rajya Sabha


M

c) Only Rajya Sabha d) None of these


-1

74. A National emergency can remain in operation with the approval of Parliament for
18

-M

a) An indefinite period b) A maximum period of 6 months


c) A maximum period of 1 year d) A maximum period of 3 years
H

75. In Engineering research and testing, retaining the contradictory statement, discarding the rest is
-M

called
a) Trimming b) Scanning c) Cooking d) Skimming
H
-M

76. The Chief Justice and other Judges of High Court are appointed by
a) President b) Chief Minister c) Prime Minister d) Governor
H

Version A – 6 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
77. The terms ‘Ethics’ is derived from

11
a) Ethical in English b) Ethic in Latin c) Custom d) Ethicos in Greek

78. The aim of the Directive Principles of State Policy is to establish

6:
a) Capitalist State in Our Country b) Communist State in Our Country

:0
c) Welfare State in the Country d) All of these

H
01
79. Special majority means more than

-M
a) 50% majority b) Two – third majority c) 75% majority d) 60 - majority

H
80. One way of misusing the truth is

01
a) Exaggerating the truth b) Making wrong statement

-M
c) Making confused statement
-2 d) Failure to seek out the truth

H
12
81. To became a Judge of High Court, one must be practicing Advocate of High Court for a period

-M
of atleast _____ years
8-

a) 20 b) 10 c) 15 d) 5
H
-1

82. The Constitution empowers State Government to make Special Law for
-M
a) Workers b) Teachers c) Women & Children d) Farmers
U
VT

83. Directive principles come under _____ of the Constitution


H

a) Part - II b) Part - III


pm
c) Part - IV d) Part – I
-M

84. The system of Legislature in the State of Karnataka is

H
48
H

a) Bicameral b) Unicameral c) Cameral -M d) Multi cameral


-M

8:

85. The Mandal Commission, was Constituted relating to


H
:2

a) Reservation of SCs b) Reservation to STs


H

-M

c) Reservation d) Reservation to Backward classes


01
-M

86. Who is appointing Chief Election Commissioner?


H

a) Prime Minister b) Law Minister c) President d) Vice - President


19
H

-M
-M

87. Who is the Ex – Officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha?


0

a) President b) Vice - President c) Prime Minister d) Governor


H
-2
H

-M
M

88. Vice – President of India is elected


-1

a) By the people
H

b) By the members of State Legislature Assembly


18

-M

c) By the members of Rajya Sabha


d) By the members of both the houses of Parliament at a joint sitting.
H

89. Which Amendment deals with the establishment of Municipalities a part of Constitution
-M

system?
a) 44th b) 74th c) 76th d) 86th
H

90. Who appoints the Governor of the State?


-M

a) Chief Justice of India b) Chief Justice of State


c) Chief Minister d) President
H

Version A – 7 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
91. Salaries and other emoluments of the High Court Judges shall be determined by the

11
a) Governor b) Parliament c) Chief Minister d) State Legislature

6:
92. According to 74th Amendment Act of 1993, which subject has been incorporated?
a) Municipalities b) Co-operative Society

:0
c) Gram Panchayat d) Taluk Panchayat

H
01

-M
93. IP Sec is designed to withstand replay attacks through the use of
a) Sequence numbers b) Nonces

9
c) Nonces + Sequence numbers d) Timestamps

H
01

-M
94. The Key Confirmation Key [KCK] is used to
-2
a) Integrity – protect data between the station and the AP

H
12
b) Integrity – protect messages in the four – way hand shake

-M
c) Encrypt data between the station and the AP
d) Encrypt the message containing the group key.
8-

H
-1

95. Which of the following is true in a Smurf Attack?


-M
a) The Victim receives large number of UDP packers to non – listening ports
U

b) The Victim receives large number of TCP SYN – ACK packers


VT

c) The Victim receives large number of ICMP “Echo Request” messages


pm
d) The Victim receives large number of ICMP “Echo Reply” messages.
-M

H
48

96. A persistent cross – site scripting attack saves malicious code on


H

a) The client b) The server c) Both client & server d) Neither (a) & (b)
-M
-M

8:

97. The possible goal of an attacker is sending packets with invalid combinations of TCP header
H
:2

flag is to
H

-M

a) Launch a SYN flood attack b) Find which services are open


01
-M

c) Perform OS finger printing


d) Determine the addressing schema within an organisation
H
19
H

-M
-M

98. The SOAP binding refers to


0

a) The object bound to a SOAP message b) The XML schema of a SOAP message
H
-2

c) The mapping between a SOAP message underlying transport protocol


H

-M

d) The headers in a SOAP message


M

2
-1

99. The EKE protocol is resistant to


H

a) Replay attacks b) Man – in – the middle attacks


18

-M

c) Dictionary attacks d) Reflection attacks

100. The SIM authenticates itself to the MSC/HLR using


H

a) A user password b) A digital certificate


-M

c) A response to a challenge d) An encrypted signaling message.


H
-M

*****

Version A – 8 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
Question Paper Version : B
USN

11
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

6:
Constitution of India and Professional Ethics and Cyber

:0
Law

H
01
(COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)

-M
Time: 2 hrs.] [Max. Marks: 100

H
01
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATES

-M
1. Answer all the Hundred questions, each question carries ONE mark.
-2

H
2. Use only Black ball point pen for writing / darkening the circles.
12

-M
3. For each question, after selecting your answer, darken the appropriate circle
8-

corresponding to the same question number on the OMR sheet.


H
-1

-M
4. Darkening two circles for the same question makes the answer invalid.
U

5. Damaging/overwriting, using whiteners on the OMR sheets are strictly


VT

prohibited.
pm
-M

H
48
H

-M
-M

8:

1. Salaries and other emoluments of the High Court Judges shall be determined by the
a) Governor b) Parliament c) Chief Minister d) State Legislature
H
:2
H

-M

2. According to 74th Amendment Act of 1993, which subject has been incorporated?
01
-M

a) Municipalities b) Co-operative Society


c) Gram Panchayat d) Taluk Panchayat
H
19
H

-M
-M

3. IP Sec is designed to withstand replay attacks through the use of


0

a) Sequence numbers b) Nonces


H
-2

c) Nonces + Sequence numbers d) Timestamps


H

-M
M

4. The Key Confirmation Key [KCK] is used to


-1

a) Integrity – protect data between the station and the AP


H

b) Integrity – protect messages in the four – way hand shake


18

-M

c) Encrypt data between the station and the AP


d) Encrypt the message containing the group key.
H
-M

5. Which of the following is true in a Smurf Attack?


a) The Victim receives large number of UDP packers to non – listening ports
b) The Victim receives large number of TCP SYN – ACK packers
H

c) The Victim receives large number of ICMP “Echo Request” messages


-M

d) The Victim receives large number of ICMP “Echo Reply” messages.

Version B – 1 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
6. A persistent cross – site scripting attack saves malicious code on
a) The client b) The server c) Both client & server d) Neither (a) & (b)

11
7. The possible goal of an attacker is sending packets with invalid combinations of TCP header
flag is to

6:
a) Launch a SYN flood attack b) Find which services are open

:0
c) Perform OS finger printing
d) Determine the addressing schema within an organisation

H
01

-M
8. The SOAP binding refers to
a) The object bound to a SOAP message b) The XML schema of a SOAP message

H
c) The mapping between a SOAP message underlying transport protocol

01
d) The headers in a SOAP message

-M
9.
-2
The EKE protocol is resistant to

H
12
a) Replay attacks b) Man – in – the middle attacks

-M
c) Dictionary attacks d) Reflection attacks
8-

10. The SIM authenticates itself to the MSC/HLR using


H
-1

a) A user password b) A digital certificate


-M
c) A response to a challenge d) An encrypted signaling message.
U
VT

11. To became a Judge of High Court, one must be practicing Advocate of High Court for a period
pm
-M

of atleast _____ years


a) 20 b) 10 c) 15 d) 5

H
48
H

12. -M
The Constitution empowers State Government to make Special Law for
-M

8:

a) Workers b) Teachers c) Women & Children d) Farmers


H
:2

13. Directive principles come under _____ of the Constitution


H

-M

a) Part - II b) Part - III c) Part - IV d) Part – I


01
-M

14. The system of Legislature in the State of Karnataka is


H
19
H

a) Bicameral b) Unicameral c) Cameral d) Multi cameral


-M
-M

15. The Mandal Commission, was Constituted relating to


0

a) Reservation of SCs b) Reservation to STs


-2
H

c) Reservation d) Reservation to Backward classes


-M
M

2
-1

16. Who is appointing Chief Election Commissioner?


H

a) Prime Minister b) Law Minister c) President d) Vice - President


18

-M

17. Who is the Ex – Officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha?


a) President b) Vice - President c) Prime Minister d) Governor
H
-M

18. Vice – President of India is elected


a) By the people
H

b) By the members of State Legislature Assembly


c) By the members of Rajya Sabha
-M

d) By the members of both the houses of Parliament at a joint sitting.


H

Version B – 2 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
19. Which Amendment deals with the establishment of Municipalities a part of Constitution
system?
a) 44th b) 74th c) 76th d) 86th

11
20. Who appoints the Governor of the State?

6:
a) Chief Justice of India b) Chief Justice of State

:0
c) Chief Minister d) President

H
01
21. Uniform Civil code means

-M
a) A code related to individuals public life b) A code meant for Hindu only
c) A Civil procedure code

H
d) A Codified Law applicable to all person of India irrespective of their religion

01

-M
22. The Vice – President has power
-2
a) To sign bills passed by Rajya Sabha b) To preside over Rajya Sabha

H
12
c) To nominate two members for Rajya Sabha d) To propagate ordinance

-M
8-

23. Parliament of India consists of


a) Lok Sabha b) Lok Sabha & Rajya Sabha
H
-1

c) Only Rajya Sabha d) None of these


-M
U

24. A National emergency can remain in operation with the approval of Parliament for
VT

a) An indefinite period b) A maximum period of 6 months


pm
-M

c) A maximum period of 1 year d) A maximum period of 3 years

H
48

25. In Engineering research and testing, retaining the contradictory statement, discarding the rest is
H

called -M
-M

8:

a) Trimming b) Scanning c) Cooking d) Skimming


H
:2

26. The Chief Justice and other Judges of High Court are appointed by
H

-M

a) President b) Chief Minister c) Prime Minister d) Governor


01
-M

27. The terms ‘Ethics’ is derived from


H
19
H

a) Ethical in English b) Ethic in Latin c) Custom d) Ethicos in Greek


-M
-M

28. The aim of the Directive Principles of State Policy is to establish


H
-2

a) Capitalist State in Our Country b) Communist State in Our Country


H

-M

c) Welfare State in the Country d) All of these


M

2
-1

29. Special majority means more than


H

a) 50% majority b) Two – third majority c) 75% majority d) 60 - majority


18

-M

30. One way of misusing the truth is


a) Exaggerating the truth b) Making wrong statement
H

c) Making confused statement d) Failure to seek out the truth


-M

31. India has


H

a) Democracy b) Presidental system


c) Direct Democracy d) Parliamentary Democracy
-M

Version B – 3 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
32. What is the punishment given , if computer source documents are tampared
a) Imprisonment of 2 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs
b) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs

11
c) Imprisonment of 4 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs
d) Imprisonment of 5 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs

6:
What is the punishment given , if computer has been hacked under Section 43

:0
33.
a) Imprisonment of 1 year with fine upto Rs 2 lakhs

H
01
b) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine upto Rs 5 lakhs

-M
c) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine upto Rs 4 lakhs
d) Imprisonment of 4 years with fine upto Rs 5 lakhs

H
01
34. Who appoints Prime Minister

-M
a) The President of India -2 b) Lok Sabha
c) The majority party is Lok Sabha d) Rajya Sabha

H
12

-M
35. How much time was taken for framing Constitution?
a) 2 years 11 months and 18 days b) 13 years 11 months and 18 days
8-

c) 4 years 11 months and 18 days d) 1 year 11 months and 18 days


H
-1

-M
36. The President of India is
U

a) The real ruler of India b) Head of the Government


VT

c) Constitution Head of Country d) Head of the State


pm
-M

37. Which of the State has highest members in Lok Sabha

H
48

a) Andra Pradesh b) Uttar Pradesh c) Madhya Pradesh d) Karnataka


H

-M
-M

38. The Council of Ministers and Prime Minister shall not exceed total strength of the LokSabha
8:

a) 5 % b) 10 % c) 12 % d) 15 %
H
:2
H

-M

39. The total number of seats in Legislative Assembly of Karnataka is


01
-M

a) 200 b) 224 c) 240 d) 250


H
19
H

40. The basic feature of the Indian Constitution is found in


-M
-M

a) Fundamental duties b) Fundamental Rights


0

c) Preamble d) Directive Principle of State Policy


H
-2
H

-M

41. The Chief Justice of High – Court is appointed by


M

a) President b) Chief Minister c) Prime Minister d) Governor


-1

42. Which is Not a Fundamental right


18

-M

a) Right to freedom b) Right to Constitutional remedy


c) Right to property d) Right to equality
H

43. The tenure of Vice – President


-M

a) 2 years b) 5 years c) 3 years d) 1 year

44. How many Schedules are there in Indian Constitution?


H

a) 7 b) 5 c) 12 d) 6
-M

Version B – 4 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
45. The membership of Legislative Assembly of State varies between
a) 60 & 500 b) 100 & 300 c) 150 & 450 d) 100 & 400

11
46. According to Indian Constitution, the power of amending the Constitution is vested with
a) Parliament b) President

6:
c) People d) The Prime Minister of India

:0
47. Engineers can use code of ethics as guidelines to

H
01
a) Resolve the conflicts b) Formulate the problem

-M
c) Shift of Responsibility d) Overcome the work pressure

9
48. What is the maximum strength of Lok Sabha

H
01
a) 500 b) 545 c) 552 d) 550

-M
49. Union list has -2
a) 95 subjects b) 97 subjects c) 105 subjects d) 66 subjects

H
12

-M
50. The Fundamental Rights of Indian citizen are contained in
8-

a) Part – III of Constitution b) Part – IV of Constitution


c) The 7th Schedule of Constitution H d) None of these
-1

-M
51. Who appoints Lieutenant Governor General to Delhi
U

a) PM b) Law Minister c) President d) Vice - President


VT

pm
-M

52. Who acts as a President when neither the President not the Vice – President is available
a) Speaker of Lok Sabha b) Attorney General of India

H
48

c) Chief Justice of India d) Speaker of Rajya Sabha


H

-M
-M

8:

53. How many judges are there in the SC including Chief Justice of India?
a) 15 b) 19 c) 25 d) 31
H
:2
H

-M

54. The Parliamentary system of the Indian Constitution is borrowed from


01
-M

a) Britain Constitution b) Objective Constitution


c) Canada Constitution d) Australian Constitution
H
19
H

-M
-M

55. The final interpreter to the Indian Constitution is


0

a) Speaker of LS b) Parliament c) President d) Supreme Court


H
-2
H

-M

56. The person arrested has to be produced before Magistrate within


M

a) 1 week b) 24 hours c) 72 hours d) 2 months


-1

57. Which is the language to be used in Parliament


18

-M

a) Kannada b) Hindi c) English d) Both (b) & (c)


H

58. President made Proclamation of emergency on the grounds of internal disturbance for first
-M

time in
a) 1975 b) 1965 c) 1962 d) 1950
H

59. Who will impeach Chief Election Commissioner of India


-M

a) President b) Vice President


c) Prime Minister d) By 2/3rd majority of Parliament
Version B – 5 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
60. Which is the highest Court of the Country
a) High Court b) Supreme Court c) District Court d) CET

11
61. One of the salient features of our constitution in
a) It is fully rigid b) It is fully flexible

6:
c) It is partly rigid and partly flexible d) None of these

:0
62. A person to be appointed as a Governor of a State must have completed the age of

H
01
a) 30 years b) 35 years c) 45 years d) 50 years

-M
63. The Chief Election Commission holds office for a period of

9
a) 3 years b) 6 years

H
01
c) 5 years d) 6 years or till he attains age of 65 years

-M
64.
-2
The procedure for amending the constitution is detailed under

H
a) Article 360 b) Article 368 c) Article 352 d) Article 301
12

-M
65. Writ of Mandamus can be issued on the ground of
8-

a) Non – performance of public duties b) Unlawful Detention


H
-1

c) Unlawful occupation of public office d) None of these


-M
U

66. Who acted as the Chairman of the drafting committee of the Constitution of India?
VT

a) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar b) B.C. Rajgopalanchari


H

c) Dr. Rajendra Prasad


pm
d) Jawaharlal Nehru
-M

67. Engineering Ethics is

H
48
H

a) A macro Ethics b) Business Ethics


-M
-M

c) A developing Ethics d) A code of Scientific rules based on Ethics


8:

H
:2

68. The use of intellectual property of others without permission or credit is referred as
H

-M

a) Cooking b) Stealing c) Plagiarism d) Trimming.


01
-M

69. Who is the chair person of Parliament


H

a) CM b) PM c) FM d) Speaker
19
H

-M
-M

70. Who will impeach the Chief Justice of India


0

a) Supreme Court b) Law Minister


H
-2
H

c) 2/3rd Majority of Parliament d) By Rajya Sabha


-M
M

2
-1

71. When the office of the President falls vacant , the same must be filled up within
H

a) 4 months b) 6 months c) 12 months d) 18 months


18

-M

72. The Preamble of the Constitution indicates


a) Power to make laws
H

b) The sovereign of Indian Constitution


-M

c) Power of Parliament to amend the Constitution


d) Sources of Constitution.
H

73. Which important human right is protected under Article 21


-M

a) Right to Equality b) Right to life and liberty


c) Right to freedom of speech d) Right to religion
H

Version B – 6 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
74. Right to Equality is guaranteed under Article
a) 13 b) 15 c) 16 d) 14

11
75. No person shall be punished for same offence more than once
a) Jeopardy b) Double Jeopardy

6:
c) Ex-post facto law d) Testimonial compulsion

:0
76. The Rajya Sabha

H
01
a) Is a Permanent House b) Has a life of 6 years

-M
c) Has a life of 5 years d) Has a life of 7 years

H
01
77. The Quorum or minimum number of members required to hold the meetings of either houses

-M
of the Parliament is
a) One - tenth b) One - fifth
-2 c) One - third d) One - fourth

H
12
78. The Advice of Supreme Court is

-M
a) Binding on the President
8-

b) Not binding on the President


c) Binding on the President if it is tendered unanimously
H
-1

d) None of these
-M
U

79. Article 19 provides


VT

a) 6 freedoms b) 7 freedoms c) 8 freedoms


pm d) 5 freedoms
-M

80. Who is the present speaker of Lok Sabha

H
48

a) Sumithra Mahajan b) K.S Hegde c) Om Birla d) Venkiah Naidu


H

-M
-M

8:

81. Which is the landmark Judgement passed by the Supreme Court in respect to Preamble of
Constitution
H
:2
H

a) Beur beri b) Keshavananda Bharathi


-M
01

c) Menaka Gandhi d) Sonia Gandhi


-M

82. Who is the neutral person in the affairs of party politics


H
19
H

a) C.M b) Home Minister c) Finance Minister d) Speaker


-M
-M

83. Indian Constitution guarantees reservation of seats to SC & ST in


H
-2

a) Lok Sabha and Assembly b) Lok Sabha only


H

-M

c) Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha d) Rajya Sabha


M

2
-1

84. Who will preside over the joint session of both the houses of the Parliament
H

a) President b) Prime Minister c) Speaker d) Law Minister


18

-M

85. What is the minimum age for becoming M.P in Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha
a) 18 and 25 b) 25 and 18 c) 25 and 30 d) 30 and 25
H
-M

86. India is referred to as _______ under the Indian Constitution


a) Country b) Hindustan c) India d) Bharat
H

The citizens can enforce their Fundamental Rights before SC under


-M

87.
a) Article 31 b) Article 32 c) Article 33 d) Article 34
H

Version B – 7 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
88. Who quoted “Child of Today is Citizen of Tomorrow”?
a) L. Tilak b) Jawaharlal Nehru c) B.R. Ambedkar d) Gandhiji

11
89. What is the minimum age required for casting of Vote
a) 18 b) 19 c) 20 d) 21

6:
Who quoted “Freedom is my birth right”?

:0
90.
a) L. Tilak b) Jawaharlal Nehru c) Sardar Patel d) Gandhiji

H
01

-M
91. When the Indian Constitution enacted and adopted?
a) 26/10/1949 b) 26/12/1949 c) 26/11/1949 d) 26/01/1949

H
01
92. When the Indian Constitution gives effect

-M
a) 26/10/1949 b) 26/12/1949
-2 c) 26/01/1950 d) 26/01/1949

H
Which of the following word was added in the Preamble of the Constitution by 42 nd
12
93.

-M
Amendment Act 1976
8-

a) Socialist b) Sovereign c) Federal d) Republic


H
-1

94. The President power to suspend death sentence temporarily is called


-M
a) Respite b) Reprieve c) Remission d) Constitution
U
VT

95. The Preamble of the Constitution has been amended so far


pm
-M

a) 4 times b) 3 times c) twice d) Once

H
48

96. Who are not entitled to form Union


H

a) Students b) Police c) Teachers -M d) Entrepreneurs


-M

8:

97. Which is not a Fundamental Right


H
:2
H

a) Right against exploitation b) Right to freedom of religion


-M
01
-M

c) Right to strike d) Right to equality


H

98. Which of the following is not one of the 3 organs of state / Union
19
H

-M

a) Executive b) Press c) Judiciary d) Legislation


-M

99. How many Anglo Indians and others can be nominated by the President to the Lok Sabha and
H
-2

Rajyasabha
H

-M

a) 2 & 12 b) 2 & 10 c) 1 & 12 d) 1 & 10


M

2
-1

100. Which state Constitution has removed by the Parliament of India?


H
18

a) West Bengal b) Nagaland c) Sikkim d) Jammu & Kashmir


-M
H

*****
-M
H
-M

Version B – 8 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
Question Paper Version : C
USN

11
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

6:
Constitution of India and Professional Ethics and Cyber

:0
Law

H
01
(COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)

-M
Time: 2 hrs.] [Max. Marks: 100

H
01
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATES

-M
1. Answer all the Hundred questions, each question carries ONE mark.
-2

H
2. Use only Black ball point pen for writing / darkening the circles.
12

-M
3. For each question, after selecting your answer, darken the appropriate circle
8-

corresponding to the same question number on the OMR sheet.


H
-1

-M
4. Darkening two circles for the same question makes the answer invalid.
U

5. Damaging/overwriting, using whiteners on the OMR sheets are strictly


VT

prohibited.
pm
-M

H
48
H

-M
-M

8:

1. Who appoints Lieutenant Governor General to Delhi


a) PM b) Law Minister c) President d) Vice - President
H
:2
H

-M

2. Who acts as a President when neither the President not the Vice – President is available
01
-M

a) Speaker of Lok Sabha b) Attorney General of India


c) Chief Justice of India d) Speaker of Rajya Sabha
H
19
H

-M
-M

3. How many judges are there in the SC including Chief Justice of India?
0

a) 15 b) 19 c) 25 d) 31
H
-2
H

-M

4. The Parliamentary system of the Indian Constitution is borrowed from


M

a) Britain Constitution b) Objective Constitution


-1

c) Canada Constitution d) Australian Constitution


H
18

-M

5. The final interpreter to the Indian Constitution is


a) Speaker of LS b) Parliament c) President d) Supreme Court
H
-M

6. The person arrested has to be produced before Magistrate within


a) 1 week b) 24 hours c) 72 hours d) 2 months
H

7. Which is the language to be used in Parliament


-M

a) Kannada b) Hindi c) English d) Both (b) & (c)

Version C – 1 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
8. President made Proclamation of emergency on the grounds of internal disturbance for first
time in
a) 1975 b) 1965 c) 1962 d) 1950

11
9. Who will impeach Chief Election Commissioner of India

6:
a) President b) Vice President
d) By 2/3rd majority of Parliament

:0
c) Prime Minister

H
01
10. Which is the highest Court of the Country

-M
a) High Court b) Supreme Court c) District Court d) CET

9
11. India has

H
01
a) Democracy b) Presidental system

-M
c) Direct Democracy -2 d) Parliamentary Democracy

H
12. What is the punishment given , if computer source documents are tampared
12

a) Imprisonment of 2 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs

-M
b) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs
8-

c) Imprisonment of 4 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs


H
-1

d) Imprisonment of 5 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs


-M
U

13. What is the punishment given , if computer has been hacked under Section 43
a) Imprisonment of 1 year with fine upto Rs 2 lakhs
VT

b) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine upto Rs 5 lakhs


pm
-M

c) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine upto Rs 4 lakhs


d) Imprisonment of 4 years with fine upto Rs 5 lakhs

H
48
H

14. Who appoints Prime Minister


-M
-M

8:

a) The President of India b) Lok Sabha


c) The majority party is Lok Sabha d) Rajya Sabha
H
:2
H

-M
01
-M

15. How much time was taken for framing Constitution?


a) 2 years 11 months and 18 days b) 13 years 11 months and 18 days
H

c) 4 years 11 months and 18 days d) 1 year 11 months and 18 days


19
H

-M
-M

16. The President of India is


0

a) The real ruler of India b) Head of the Government


H
-2
H

c) Constitution Head of Country d) Head of the State


-M
M

17. Which of the State has highest members in Lok Sabha


-1

a) Andra Pradesh b) Uttar Pradesh c) Madhya Pradesh d) Karnataka


18

-M

18. The Council of Ministers and Prime Minister shall not exceed total strength of the LokSabha
a) 5 % b) 10 % c) 12 % d) 15 %
H
-M

19. The total number of seats in Legislative Assembly of Karnataka is


a) 200 b) 224 c) 240 d) 250
H

20. The basic feature of the Indian Constitution is found in


-M

a) Fundamental duties b) Fundamental Rights


c) Preamble d) Directive Principle of State Policy
H

Version C – 2 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
21. To became a Judge of High Court, one must be practicing Advocate of High Court for a period
of atleast _____ years
a) 20 b) 10 c) 15 d) 5

11
22. The Constitution empowers State Government to make Special Law for

6:
a) Workers b) Teachers c) Women & Children d) Farmers

:0
23. Directive principles come under _____ of the Constitution

H
01
a) Part - II b) Part - III c) Part - IV d) Part – I

-M
24. The system of Legislature in the State of Karnataka is

9
a) Bicameral b) Unicameral c) Cameral d) Multi cameral

H
01

-M
25. The Mandal Commission, was Constituted relating to
-2
a) Reservation of SCs b) Reservation to STs

H
c) Reservation d) Reservation to Backward classes
12

-M
26. Who is appointing Chief Election Commissioner?
8-

a) Prime Minister b) Law Minister c) President d) Vice - President


H
-1

-M
27. Who is the Ex – Officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha?
U

a) President b) Vice - President c) Prime Minister d) Governor


VT

28. Vice – President of India is elected


pm
-M

a) By the people
b) By the members of State Legislature Assembly

H
48
H

c) By the members of Rajya Sabha -M


-M

d) By the members of both the houses of Parliament at a joint sitting.


8:

H
:2

29. Which Amendment deals with the establishment of Municipalities a part of Constitution
H

-M

system?
01
-M

a) 44th b) 74th c) 76th d) 86th


H

30. Who appoints the Governor of the State?


19
H

-M

a) Chief Justice of India b) Chief Justice of State


-M

c) Chief Minister d) President


0

H
-2
H

31. When the Indian Constitution enacted and adopted?


-M
M

a) 26/10/1949 b) 26/12/1949 c) 26/11/1949 d) 26/01/1949


-1

32. When the Indian Constitution gives effect


18

-M

a) 26/10/1949 b) 26/12/1949 c) 26/01/1950 d) 26/01/1949

33. Which of the following word was added in the Preamble of the Constitution by 42 nd
H

Amendment Act 1976


-M

a) Socialist b) Sovereign c) Federal d) Republic


H

34. The President power to suspend death sentence temporarily is called


-M

a) Respite b) Reprieve c) Remission d) Constitution

Version C – 3 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
35. The Preamble of the Constitution has been amended so far
a) 4 times b) 3 times c) twice d) Once

11
36. Who are not entitled to form Union
a) Students b) Police c) Teachers d) Entrepreneurs

6:
37. Which is not a Fundamental Right

:0
a) Right against exploitation b) Right to freedom of religion

H
01
c) Right to strike d) Right to equality

-M
38. Which of the following is not one of the 3 organs of state / Union

9
a) Executive b) Press c) Judiciary d) Legislation

H
01

-M
39. How many Anglo Indians and others can be nominated by the President to the Lok Sabha and
Rajyasabha -2
a) 2 & 12 b) 2 & 10 c) 1 & 12 d) 1 & 10

H
12

-M
40. Which state Constitution has removed by the Parliament of India?
8-

a) West Bengal b) Nagaland c) Sikkim d) Jammu & Kashmir


H
-1

41. When the office of the President falls vacant , the same must be filled up within
-M
a) 4 months b) 6 months c) 12 months d) 18 months
U
VT

42. The Preamble of the Constitution indicates


H

a) Power to make laws


pm
-M

b) The sovereign of Indian Constitution


c) Power of Parliament to amend the Constitution

H
48
H

d) Sources of Constitution. -M
-M

8:

43. Which important human right is protected under Article 21


H
:2

a) Right to Equality b) Right to life and liberty


H

-M

c) Right to freedom of speech d) Right to religion


01
-M

44. Right to Equality is guaranteed under Article


H

a) 13 b) 15 c) 16 d) 14
19
H

-M
-M

45. No person shall be punished for same offence more than once
0

a) Jeopardy b) Double Jeopardy


H
-2

c) Ex-post facto law d) Testimonial compulsion


H

-M
M

46. The Rajya Sabha


-1

a) Is a Permanent House b) Has a life of 6 years


H

c) Has a life of 5 years d) Has a life of 7 years


18

-M

47. The Quorum or minimum number of members required to hold the meetings of either houses
of the Parliament is
H

a) One - tenth b) One - fifth c) One - third d) One - fourth


-M

48. The Advice of Supreme Court is


H

a) Binding on the President


-M

b) Not binding on the President


c) Binding on the President if it is tendered unanimously
d) None of these
H

Version C – 4 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
49. Article 19 provides
a) 6 freedoms b) 7 freedoms c) 8 freedoms d) 5 freedoms

11
50. Who is the present speaker of Lok Sabha
a) Sumithra Mahajan b) K.S Hegde c) Om Birla d) Venkiah Naidu

6:
Which is the landmark Judgement passed by the Supreme Court in respect to Preamble of

:0
51.
Constitution

H
01
a) Beur beri b) Keshavananda Bharathi

-M
c) Menaka Gandhi d) Sonia Gandhi

9
52. Who is the neutral person in the affairs of party politics

H
01
a) C.M b) Home Minister c) Finance Minister d) Speaker

-M
53.
-2
Indian Constitution guarantees reservation of seats to SC & ST in

H
a) Lok Sabha and Assembly b) Lok Sabha only
12

-M
c) Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha d) Rajya Sabha
8-

54. Who will preside over the joint session of both the houses of the Parliament
H
-1

a) President b) Prime Minister c) Speaker d) Law Minister


-M
U

55. What is the minimum age for becoming M.P in Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha
VT

a) 18 and 25 b) 25 and 18 c) 25 and 30 d) 30 and 25


H

pm
-M

56. India is referred to as _______ under the Indian Constitution


a) Country b) Hindustan c) India d) Bharat

H
48
H

57. The citizens can enforce their Fundamental Rights before SC under
-M
-M

8:

a) Article 31 b) Article 32 c) Article 33 d) Article 34


H
:2
H

58. Who quoted “Child of Today is Citizen of Tomorrow”?


-M
01
-M

a) L. Tilak b) Jawaharlal Nehru c) B.R. Ambedkar d) Gandhiji


H

59. What is the minimum age required for casting of Vote


19
H

-M

a) 18 b) 19 c) 20 d) 21
-M

60. Who quoted “Freedom is my birth right”?


H
-2

a) L. Tilak b) Jawaharlal Nehru c) Sardar Patel d) Gandhiji


H

-M
M

61. Salaries and other emoluments of the High Court Judges shall be determined by the
-1

a) Governor b) Parliament c) Chief Minister d) State Legislature


H
18

-M

62. According to 74th Amendment Act of 1993, which subject has been incorporated?
a) Municipalities b) Co-operative Society
H

c) Gram Panchayat d) Taluk Panchayat


-M

63. IP Sec is designed to withstand replay attacks through the use of


a) Sequence numbers b) Nonces
H

c) Nonces + Sequence numbers d) Timestamps


-M

Version C – 5 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
64. The Key Confirmation Key [KCK] is used to
a) Integrity – protect data between the station and the AP
b) Integrity – protect messages in the four – way hand shake

11
c) Encrypt data between the station and the AP
d) Encrypt the message containing the group key.

6:
Which of the following is true in a Smurf Attack?

:0
65.
a) The Victim receives large number of UDP packers to non – listening ports

H
01
b) The Victim receives large number of TCP SYN – ACK packers

-M
c) The Victim receives large number of ICMP “Echo Request” messages
d) The Victim receives large number of ICMP “Echo Reply” messages.

H
01
66. A persistent cross – site scripting attack saves malicious code on

-M
a) The client b) The server
-2 c) Both client & server d) Neither (a) & (b)

67. The possible goal of an attacker is sending packets with invalid combinations of TCP header

H
12
flag is to

-M
a) Launch a SYN flood attack b) Find which services are open
8-

c) Perform OS finger printing


H
d) Determine the addressing schema within an organisation
-1

-M
U

68. The SOAP binding refers to


a) The object bound to a SOAP message b) The XML schema of a SOAP message
VT

pm
c) The mapping between a SOAP message underlying transport protocol
-M

d) The headers in a SOAP message

H
48

69. The EKE protocol is resistant to


H

a) Replay attacks
-M
b) Man – in – the middle attacks
-M

8:

c) Dictionary attacks d) Reflection attacks


H
:2
H

70. The SIM authenticates itself to the MSC/HLR using


-M
01
-M

a) A user password b) A digital certificate


c) A response to a challenge d) An encrypted signaling message.
H
19
H

71. One of the salient features of our constitution in


-M
-M

a) It is fully rigid b) It is fully flexible


0

c) It is partly rigid and partly flexible d) None of these


H
-2
H

-M

72. A person to be appointed as a Governor of a State must have completed the age of
M

a) 30 years b) 35 years c) 45 years d) 50 years


-1

73. The Chief Election Commission holds office for a period of


18

-M

a) 3 years b) 6 years
c) 5 years d) 6 years or till he attains age of 65 years
H

74. The procedure for amending the constitution is detailed under


-M

a) Article 360 b) Article 368 c) Article 352 d) Article 301


H

75. Writ of Mandamus can be issued on the ground of


-M

a) Non – performance of public duties b) Unlawful Detention


c) Unlawful occupation of public office d) None of these
H

Version C – 6 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
76. Who acted as the Chairman of the drafting committee of the Constitution of India?
a) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar b) B.C. Rajgopalanchari
c) Dr. Rajendra Prasad d) Jawaharlal Nehru

11
77. Engineering Ethics is

6:
a) A macro Ethics b) Business Ethics

:0
c) A developing Ethics d) A code of Scientific rules based on Ethics

H
01
78. The use of intellectual property of others without permission or credit is referred as

-M
a) Cooking b) Stealing c) Plagiarism d) Trimming.

H
01
79. Who is the chair person of Parliament

-M
a) CM b) PM c) FM d) Speaker
-2
80. Who will impeach the Chief Justice of India

H
12
a) Supreme Court b) Law Minister

-M
c) 2/3rd Majority of Parliament d) By Rajya Sabha
8-

81. Uniform Civil code means H


-1

a) A code related to individuals public life b) A code meant for Hindu only
-M

c) A Civil procedure code


U

d) A Codified Law applicable to all person of India irrespective of their religion


VT

pm
-M

82. The Vice – President has power


a) To sign bills passed by Rajya Sabha b) To preside over Rajya Sabha

H
48

c) To nominate two members for Rajya Sabha d) To propagate ordinance


H

-M
-M

8:

83. Parliament of India consists of


a) Lok Sabha b) Lok Sabha & Rajya Sabha
H
:2

c) Only Rajya Sabha d) None of these


H

-M
01
-M

84. A National emergency can remain in operation with the approval of Parliament for
a) An indefinite period b) A maximum period of 6 months
H
19
H

c) A maximum period of 1 year d) A maximum period of 3 years


-M
-M

85. In Engineering research and testing, retaining the contradictory statement, discarding the rest is
H
-2

called
H

-M

a) Trimming b) Scanning c) Cooking d) Skimming


M

2
-1

86. The Chief Justice and other Judges of High Court are appointed by
H

a) President b) Chief Minister c) Prime Minister d) Governor


18

-M

87. The terms ‘Ethics’ is derived from


a) Ethical in English b) Ethic in Latin c) Custom d) Ethicos in Greek
H
-M

88. The aim of the Directive Principles of State Policy is to establish


a) Capitalist State in Our Country b) Communist State in Our Country
H

c) Welfare State in the Country d) All of these


-M

89. Special majority means more than


a) 50% majority b) Two – third majority c) 75% majority d) 60 – majority
H

Version C – 7 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
90. One way of misusing the truth is
a) Exaggerating the truth b) Making wrong statement
c) Making confused statement d) Failure to seek out the truth

11
91. The Chief Justice of High – Court is appointed by

6:
a) President b) Chief Minister c) Prime Minister d) Governor

:0
92. Which is Not a Fundamental right

H
01
a) Right to freedom b) Right to Constitutional remedy

-M
c) Right to property d) Right to equality

9
93. The tenure of Vice – President

H
01
a) 2 years b) 5 years c) 3 years d) 1 year

-M
94. -2
How many Schedules are there in Indian Constitution?
a) 7 b) 5 c) 12 d) 6

H
12

-M
95. The membership of Legislative Assembly of State varies between
8-

a) 60 & 500 b) 100 & 300 c) 150 & 450 d) 100 & 400
H
-1

96. According to Indian Constitution, the power of amending the Constitution is vested with
-M
a) Parliament b) President
U

c) People d) The Prime Minister of India


VT

97. Engineers can use code of ethics as guidelines to


pm
-M

a) Resolve the conflicts b) Formulate the problem


c) Shift of Responsibility d) Overcome the work pressure

H
48
H

-M
-M

98. What is the maximum strength of Lok Sabha


8:

a) 500 b) 545 c) 552 d) 550


H
:2
H

99. Union list has


-M
01
-M

a) 95 subjects b) 97 subjects c) 105 subjects d) 66 subjects


H

100. The Fundamental Rights of Indian citizen are contained in


19
H

-M

a) Part – III of Constitution b) Part – IV of Constitution


-M

c) The 7th Schedule of Constitution d) None of these


0

H
-2
H

-M

*****
M

2
-1

H
18

-M
H
-M
H
-M

Version C – 8 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
Question Paper Version : D
USN

11
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

6:
Constitution of India and Professional Ethics and Cyber

:0
Law

H
01
(COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)

-M
Time: 2 hrs.] [Max. Marks: 100

H
01
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATES

-M
1. Answer all the Hundred questions, each question carries ONE mark.
-2

H
2. Use only Black ball point pen for writing / darkening the circles.
12

-M
3. For each question, after selecting your answer, darken the appropriate circle
8-

corresponding to the same question number on the OMR sheet.


H
-1

-M
4. Darkening two circles for the same question makes the answer invalid.
U

5. Damaging/overwriting, using whiteners on the OMR sheets are strictly


VT

prohibited.
pm
-M

H
48
H

-M
-M

8:

1. Which is the landmark Judgment passed by the Supreme Court in respect to Preamble of
Constitution
H
:2

a) Beur beri b) Keshavananda Bharathi


H

-M

c) Menaka Gandhi d) Sonia Gandhi


01
-M

2. Who is the neutral person in the affairs of party politics


H
19
H

a) C.M b) Home Minister c) Finance Minister d) Speaker


-M
-M

3. Indian Constitution guarantees reservation of seats to SC & ST in


H
-2

a) Lok Sabha and Assembly b) Lok Sabha only


H

-M

c) Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha d) Rajya Sabha


M

2
-1

4. Who will preside over the joint session of both the houses of the Parliament
H

a) President b) Prime Minister c) Speaker d) Law Minister


18

-M

5. What is the minimum age for becoming M.P in Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha
a) 18 and 25 b) 25 and 18 c) 25 and 30 d) 30 and 25
H
-M

6. India is referred to as _______ under the Indian Constitution


a) Country b) Hindustan c) India d) Bharat
H

7. The citizens can enforce their Fundamental Rights before SC under


-M

a) Article 31 b) Article 32 c) Article 33 d) Article 34


H

Version D – 1 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
8. Who quoted “Child of Today is Citizen of Tomorrow”?
a) L. Tilak b) Jawaharlal Nehru c) B.R. Ambedkar d) Gandhiji

11
9. What is the minimum age required for casting of Vote
a) 18 b) 19 c) 20 d) 21

6:
Who quoted “Freedom is my birth right”?

:0
10.
a) L. Tilak b) Jawaharlal Nehru c) Sardar Patel d) Gandhiji

H
01

-M
11. One of the salient features of our constitution in
a) It is fully rigid b) It is fully flexible

9
c) It is partly rigid and partly flexible d) None of these

H
01

-M
12. A person to be appointed as a Governor of a State must have completed the age of
-2
a) 30 years b) 35 years c) 45 years d) 50 years

H
12

13. The Chief Election Commission holds office for a period of

-M
a) 3 years b) 6 years
8-

c) 5 years d) 6 years or till he attains age of 65 years


H
-1

-M
14. The procedure for amending the constitution is detailed under
U

a) Article 360 b) Article 368 c) Article 352 d) Article 301


VT

15. Writ of Mandamus can be issued on the ground of


pm
-M

a) Non – performance of public duties b) Unlawful Detention


c) Unlawful occupation of public office d) None of these

H
48
H

16.
-M
Who acted as the Chairman of the drafting committee of the Constitution of India?
-M

8:

a) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar b) B.C. Rajgopalanchari


c) Dr. Rajendra Prasad d) Jawaharlal Nehru
H
:2
H

-M
01
-M

17. Engineering Ethics is


a) A macro Ethics b) Business Ethics
H

c) A developing Ethics d) A code of Scientific rules based on Ethics


19
H

-M
-M

18. The use of intellectual property of others without permission or credit is referred as
0

a) Cooking b) Stealing c) Plagiarism d) Trimming.


H
-2
H

-M

19. Who is the chair person of Parliament


M

a) CM b) PM c) FM d) Speaker
-1

H
18

20. Who will impeach the Chief Justice of India


-M

a) Supreme Court b) Law Minister


c) 2/3rd Majority of Parliament d) By Rajya Sabha
H
-M

21. The Chief Justice of High – Court is appointed by


a) President b) Chief Minister c) Prime Minister d) Governor
H

22. Which is Not a Fundamental right


-M

a) Right to freedom b) Right to Constitutional remedy


c) Right to property d) Right to equality
H

Version D – 2 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
23. The tenure of Vice – President
a) 2 years b) 5 years c) 3 years d) 1 year

11
24. How many Schedules are there in Indian Constitution?
a) 7 b) 5 c) 12 d) 6

6:
25. The membership of Legislative Assembly of State varies between

:0
a) 60 & 500 b) 100 & 300 c) 150 & 450 d) 100 & 400

H
01

-M
26. According to Indian Constitution, the power of amending the Constitution is vested with
a) Parliament b) President

9
c) People d) The Prime Minister of India

H
01

-M
27. Engineers can use code of ethics as guidelines to
a) Resolve the conflicts -2 b) Formulate the problem
c) Shift of Responsibility d) Overcome the work pressure

H
12

-M
28. What is the maximum strength of Lok Sabha
8-

a) 500 b) 545 c) 552 d) 550


H
-1

29. Union list has


-M
a) 95 subjects b) 97 subjects c) 105 subjects d) 66 subjects
U
VT

30. The Fundamental Rights of Indian citizen are contained in


pm
a) Part – III of Constitution b) Part – IV of Constitution
-M

c) The 7th Schedule of Constitution d) None of these

H
48
H

31. Uniform Civil code means -M


-M

a) A code related to individuals public life b) A code meant for Hindu only
8:

c) A Civil procedure code


H
:2

d) A Codified Law applicable to all person of India irrespective of their religion


H

-M
01
-M

32. The Vice – President has power


a) To sign bills passed by Rajya Sabha b) To preside over Rajya Sabha
H
19
H

c) To nominate two members for Rajya Sabha d) To propagate ordinance


-M
-M

33. Parliament of India consists of


0

a) Lok Sabha b) Lok Sabha & Rajya Sabha


-2
H

c) Only Rajya Sabha d) None of these


-M
M

2
-1

34. A National emergency can remain in operation with the approval of Parliament for
H

a) An indefinite period b) A maximum period of 6 months


18

-M

c) A maximum period of 1 year d) A maximum period of 3 years

35. In Engineering research and testing, retaining the contradictory statement, discarding the rest is
H

called
-M

a) Trimming b) Scanning c) Cooking d) Skimming


H

36. The Chief Justice and other Judges of High Court are appointed by
-M

a) President b) Chief Minister c) Prime Minister d) Governor

Version D – 3 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
37. The terms ‘Ethics’ is derived from
a) Ethical in English b) Ethic in Latin c) Custom d) Ethicos in Greek

11
38. The aim of the Directive Principles of State Policy is to establish
a) Capitalist State in Our Country b) Communist State in Our Country

6:
c) Welfare State in the Country d) All of these

:0
39. Special majority means more than

H
01
a) 50% majority b) Two – third majority c) 75% majority d) 60 - majority

-M
40. One way of misusing the truth is

9
a) Exaggerating the truth b) Making wrong statement

H
01
c) Making confused statement d) Failure to seek out the truth

-M
41.
-2
Salaries and other emoluments of the High Court Judges shall be determined by the

H
a) Governor b) Parliament c) Chief Minister d) State Legislature
12

-M
42. According to 74th Amendment Act of 1993, which subject has been incorporated?
8-

a) Municipalities b) Co-operative Society


H
-1

c) Gram Panchayat d) Taluk Panchayat


-M
U

43. IP Sec is designed to withstand replay attacks through the use of


VT

a) Sequence numbers b) Nonces


H

c) Nonces + Sequence numbers


pm
d) Timestamps
-M

44. The Key Confirmation Key [KCK] is used to

H
48
H

a) Integrity – protect data between the station and the AP -M


-M

b) Integrity – protect messages in the four – way hand shake


8:

c) Encrypt data between the station and the AP


H
:2

d) Encrypt the message containing the group key.


H

-M
01
-M

45. Which of the following is true in a Smurf Attack?


a) The Victim receives large number of UDP packers to non – listening ports
H

b) The Victim receives large number of TCP SYN – ACK packers


19
H

-M

c) The Victim receives large number of ICMP “Echo Request” messages


-M

d) The Victim receives large number of ICMP “Echo Reply” messages.


0

H
-2
H

46. A persistent cross – site scripting attack saves malicious code on


-M
M

a) The client b) The server c) Both client & server d) Neither (a) & (b)
-1

47. The possible goal of an attacker is sending packets with invalid combinations of TCP header
18

-M

flag is to
a) Launch a SYN flood attack b) Find which services are open
c) Perform OS finger printing
H

d) Determine the addressing schema within an organisation


-M

48. The SOAP binding refers to


H

a) The object bound to a SOAP message b) The XML schema of a SOAP message
c) The mapping between a SOAP message underlying transport protocol
-M

d) The headers in a SOAP message


H

Version D – 4 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
49. The EKE protocol is resistant to
a) Replay attacks b) Man – in – the middle attacks
c) Dictionary attacks d) Reflection attacks

11
50. The SIM authenticates itself to the MSC/HLR using

6:
a) A user password b) A digital certificate

:0
c) A response to a challenge d) An encrypted signaling message.

H
01
51. When the Indian Constitution enacted and adopted?

-M
a) 26/10/1949 b) 26/12/1949 c) 26/11/1949 d) 26/01/1949

H
01
52. When the Indian Constitution gives effect

-M
a) 26/10/1949 b) 26/12/1949 c) 26/01/1950 d) 26/01/1949
-2
53. Which of the following word was added in the Preamble of the Constitution by 42 nd

H
12
Amendment Act 1976

-M
a) Socialist b) Sovereign c) Federal d) Republic
8-

54. H
The President power to suspend death sentence temporarily is called
-1

a) Respite b) Reprieve c) Remission d) Constitution


-M
U

55. The Preamble of the Constitution has been amended so far


VT

a) 4 times b) 3 times
pm
c) twice d) Once
-M

56. Who are not entitled to form Union

H
48

a) Students b) Police c) Teachers d) Entrepreneurs


H

-M
-M

8:

57. Which is not a Fundamental Right


H
:2

a) Right against exploitation b) Right to freedom of religion


H

-M

c) Right to strike d) Right to equality


01
-M

58. Which of the following is not one of the 3 organs of state / Union
H

a) Executive b) Press c) Judiciary d) Legislation


19
H

-M
-M

59. How many Anglo Indians and others can be nominated by the President to the Lok Sabha and
0

Rajyasabha
H
-2
H

a) 2 & 12 b) 2 & 10 c) 1 & 12 d) 1 & 10


-M
M

60. Which state Constitution has removed by the Parliament of India?


-1

a) West Bengal b) Nagaland c) Sikkim d) Jammu & Kashmir


18

-M

61. When the office of the President falls vacant , the same must be filled up within
a) 4 months b) 6 months c) 12 months d) 18 months
H
-M

62. The Preamble of the Constitution indicates


a) Power to make laws
b) The sovereign of Indian Constitution
H

c) Power of Parliament to amend the Constitution


-M

d) Sources of Constitution.
Version D – 5 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
63. Which important human right is protected under Article 21
a) Right to Equality b) Right to life and liberty
c) Right to freedom of speech d) Right to religion

11
64. Right to Equality is guaranteed under Article

6:
a) 13 b) 15 c) 16 d) 14

:0
65. No person shall be punished for same offence more than once

H
01
a) Jeopardy b) Double Jeopardy

-M
c) Ex-post facto law d) Testimonial compulsion

H
66. The Rajya Sabha

01
a) Is a Permanent House b) Has a life of 6 years

-M
c) Has a life of 5 years -2 d) Has a life of 7 years

H
12
67. The Quorum or minimum number of members required to hold the meetings of either houses

-M
of the Parliament is
8-

a) One - tenth b) One - fifth c) One - third d) One - fourth


H
-1

68. The Advice of Supreme Court is


-M
a) Binding on the President
U

b) Not binding on the President


VT

c) Binding on the President if it is tendered unanimously


pm
-M

d) None of these

H
48

69. Article 19 provides


H

a) 6 freedoms b) 7 freedoms c) 8 freedoms -M d) 5 freedoms


-M

8:

70. Who is the present speaker of Lok Sabha


H
:2

a) Sumithra Mahajan b) K.S Hegde c) Om Birla d) Venkiah Naidu


H

-M
01
-M

71. Who appoints Lieutenant Governor General to Delhi


a) PM b) Law Minister c) President d) Vice - President
H
19
H

-M
-M

72. Who acts as a President when neither the President not the Vice – President is available
0

a) Speaker of Lok Sabha b) Attorney General of India


H
-2

c) Chief Justice of India d) Speaker of Rajya Sabha


H

-M
M

73. How many judges are there in the SC including Chief Justice of India?
-1

a) 15 b) 19 c) 25 d) 31
H
18

-M

74. The Parliamentary system of the Indian Constitution is borrowed from


a) Britain Constitution b) Objective Constitution
H

c) Canada Constitution d) Australian Constitution


-M

75. The final interpreter to the Indian Constitution is


a) Speaker of LS b) Parliament c) President d) Supreme Court
H
-M

76. The person arrested has to be produced before Magistrate within


a) 1 week b) 24 hours c) 72 hours d) 2 months
Version D – 6 of 8
H
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
77. Which is the language to be used in Parliament
a) Kannada b) Hindi c) English d) Both (b) & (c)

11
78. President made Proclamation of emergency on the grounds of internal disturbance for first
time in

6:
a) 1975 b) 1965 c) 1962 d) 1950

:0
79. Who will impeach Chief Election Commissioner of India

H
01
a) President b) Vice President

-M
c) Prime Minister d) By 2/3rd majority of Parliament

H
80. Which is the highest Court of the Country

01
a) High Court b) Supreme Court c) District Court d) CET

-M
81. India has
-2

H
12
a) Democracy b) Presidental system

-M
c) Direct Democracy d) Parliamentary Democracy
8-

82. What is the punishment given , if computer source documents are tampared
H
-1

a) Imprisonment of 2 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs


-M
b) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs
U

c) Imprisonment of 4 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs


VT

d) Imprisonment of 5 years with fine of Rs 2 lakhs


H

pm
-M

83. What is the punishment given , if computer has been hacked under Section 43
a) Imprisonment of 1 year with fine upto Rs 2 lakhs

H
48
H

b) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine upto Rs 5 lakhs -M


c) Imprisonment of 3 years with fine upto Rs 4 lakhs
-M

8:

d) Imprisonment of 4 years with fine upto Rs 5 lakhs


H
:2
H

-M

84. Who appoints Prime Minister


01
-M

a) The President of India b) Lok Sabha


c) The majority party is Lok Sabha d) Rajya Sabha
H
19
H

-M

85. How much time was taken for framing Constitution?


-M

a) 2 years 11 months and 18 days b) 13 years 11 months and 18 days


0

c) 4 years 11 months and 18 days d) 1 year 11 months and 18 days


H
-2
H

-M
M

86. The President of India is


-1

a) The real ruler of India b) Head of the Government


H

c) Constitution Head of Country d) Head of the State


18

-M

87. Which of the State has highest members in Lok Sabha


a) Andra Pradesh b) Uttar Pradesh c) Madhya Pradesh d) Karnataka
H
-M

88. The Council of Ministers and Prime Minister shall not exceed total strength of the LokSabha
a) 5 % b) 10 % c) 12 % d) 15 %
H

89. The total number of seats in Legislative Assembly of Karnataka is


-M

a) 200 b) 224 c) 240 d) 250


H

Version D – 7 of 8
-M
H
M
18CPC39

pm
90. The basic feature of the Indian Constitution is found in
a) Fundamental duties b) Fundamental Rights
c) Preamble d) Directive Principle of State Policy

11
91. To became a Judge of High Court, one must be practicing Advocate of High Court for a period

6:
of atleast _____ years

:0
a) 20 b) 10 c) 15 d) 5

H
01
92. The Constitution empowers State Government to make Special Law for

-M
a) Workers b) Teachers c) Women & Children d) Farmers

9
93. Directive principles come under _____ of the Constitution

H
01
a) Part - II b) Part - III c) Part - IV d) Part – I

-M
94.
-2
The system of Legislature in the State of Karnataka is

H
a) Bicameral b) Unicameral c) Cameral d) Multi cameral
12

-M
95. The Mandal Commission, was Constituted relating to
8-

a) Reservation of SCs b) Reservation to STs


H
-1

c) Reservation d) Reservation to Backward classes


-M
U

96. Who is appointing Chief Election Commissioner?


VT

a) Prime Minister b) Law Minister c) President d) Vice - President


H

pm
-M

97. Who is the Ex – Officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha?


a) President b) Vice - President c) Prime Minister d) Governor

H
48
H

-M
-M

98. Vice – President of India is elected


8:

a) By the people
H
:2

b) By the members of State Legislature Assembly


H

-M

c) By the members of Rajya Sabha


01
-M

d) By the members of both the houses of Parliament at a joint sitting.


H

99. Which Amendment deals with the establishment of Municipalities a part of Constitution
19
H

-M

system?
-M

a) 44th b) 74th c) 76th d) 86th


0

H
-2
H

100. Who appoints the Governor of the State?


-M
M

a) Chief Justice of India b) Chief Justice of State


-1

c) Chief Minister d) President


H
18

-M

*****
H
-M
H
-M
H

Version D – 8 of 8
-M
H
M
18MATDIP31

pm
USN

59
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Additional Mathematics – I

6:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:1

H
01
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1  i 1  3i  .

H
01
1 a. Express the following complex number in the form of x  iy : (06 Marks)
1  5i

-M
-2 4
cos   i sin  
b. Prove that    cos 8  i sin 8 . (07 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

 sin   i cos  

H
12

-M
     
c. If a  (3,1, 4) , b  (1,2,3) and c  (4,2, 1) , find a   b c  . (07 Marks)
6-

 
H
-1

OR
-M
 
2 a. Find the angle between the vectors, a  5î  ˆj  k̂ and b  2î  3ˆj  6k̂ .
U

(06 Marks)
   2
VT

        
H

b. Prove that  a  b , b c , c  a    a , b , c  pm (07 Marks)


   
-M

c. Find the fourth roots of  1 i 3 and represent them on the argand diagram. (07 Marks)

H
23
H

Module-2 -M
-M

4:

3 a. Obtain the Maclaurin’s expansion of log e (1  x ) . (06 Marks)


H
:3

 x 3  y3  u u
H

b. If u  sin 1   , prove that x y  2 tan u . (07 Marks)


-M

x  y  x y
01
-M

 
 ( u , v)
c. If u  x (1  y), v  xy , find . (07 Marks)
H

 ( x , y)
19
H

-M
-M

OR
0

4 a. Obtain the Maclauvin’s series expansion of the function log e sec x . (06 Marks)
H
-2
H

 ( u , v)
-M

b. If u  x 2  2 y ; v = x + y find . (07 Marks)


M

 ( x , y)
-1

u u u
H

c. If u = f ( x  y, y  z, z  x) , prove that    0. (07 Marks)


x y z
16

-M

Module-3
5 a. Find the velocity and acceleration of a particle moves along the curve,
H


-M

r  e  2 t î  2 cos 5tĵ  5 sin 2 tk̂ at any time t. (06 Marks)


  

b. Find div F and curl F , where F   x 3  y 3  z 3  3xyz .  (07 Marks)
H


  
c. Show that F  (2xy  z 2 )î  x 2  2 yz ĵ  y 2  2 xz k̂ 
-M

is conservative force field and find


the scalar potential. (07 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
18MATDIP31

pm
OR

6 a. Show that the vector field, F  3x  3y  4z î  x  2 y  3z ˆj  3x  2 y  z k̂ is solenoidal.

59
(06 Marks)
xz 
b. Find the directional derivative of   at (1,  1 , 1) in the direction of A  î  2ˆj  k̂ .

6:
x  y2
2

:1
(07 Marks)

c. Find the constant ‘a’ such that the vector field F  2xy 2 z 2 î  2 x 2 yz 2 ĵ  ax 2 y 2 zk̂ is

H
01

-M
irrotational. (07 Marks)

9
Module-4

H
01

-M
2

7 a. Find the reduction formula for  sin n xdx .


-2 (06 Marks)
0

H
12
1 3

-M
3
b. Evaluate
x y 3 dxdy. (07 Marks)
6-

0 0
3 2 1
c. Evaluate H
-1

   ( x  y  z)dzdxdy . (07 Marks)


-M
0 0 0
U
VT

OR
H


pm
-M

6
8 a. Evaluate : sin 6 (3x )dx .
 (06 Marks)

H
23

0
H

1 x -M
-M

b. Evaluate :   xy dydx .
4:

(07 Marks)
0 x
H
:3

1 1 x 1 x  y
H

-M

c. Evaluate :    xyzdzdydx . (07 Marks)


01
-M

0 0 0
H

Module-5
19
H

-M

a. Solve : dy  y cot x  sin x .


-M

9 (06 Marks)
0

dx
   
H
-2

b. Solve : 2 x 3  xy 2  2 y  3 dx  x 2 y  2 x dy  0 . (07 Marks)


H

-M

  
c. Solve : 3x x  y 2 dy  x 3  3xy  2 y 3 dx  0 .  (07 Marks)
M

2
-1

OR
16

   
-M

10 a. Solve : 5x  3x y  2xy dx  2 x y  3x 2 y 2  5 y 4 dy  0 .
4 2 2 3 3
(06 Marks)
dy
b. Solve :  x sin 2 y  x 3 cos 2 y . (07 Marks)
H

dx
-M

c. Solve : 1  ( x  y) tan y  dy  1  0 . (07 Marks)


dx
H

*****
-M
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
USN MATDIP301

pm
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

27
Advanced Mathematics – I

0:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks:100
Note: Answer FIVE full questions.

:1

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
(2  3i) 2
1 a. Express in the form of complex number a + ib. (06 Marks)

0
(1  i) 2

H
02
b. Prove that (1 + i)4 + (1 – i)4 = –8.

-M
(07 Marks)
c. Find the cube root of ( 3  i) .
-2 (07 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01

-M
2 a. Find nth derivative of sin(ax + b). (06 Marks)
b. If y  a cos(log x )  b sin(log x ) . Show that x 2 y  (2n  1)xy  (n 2  1)y  0 . (07 Marks)
7-

n 2 n 1 n
1
H
-0

c. Find n derivative of log 2x  3 10 .


th
-M
(07 Marks)
e  2  3x 
U
VT

3
pm
a. Find the angle between the curves. r  a (sin θ  cos θ) and r  2a cos θ . (06 Marks)
-M

2 2
b. Find the pedal equation for the curve r  a sec(2θ) . (07 Marks)
c. Expand y = Log (cos x) using Maclaurin’s series upto 4th degree term.

H
11

(07 Marks)
H

-M
-M

2:

 x 3  y3  z 3 
4 a. If u  sin 1   show that xu x  yu y  zy z  2 tan u . (06 Marks)
 ax  by  cz 
H
:4
H

-M

x y z u u u
01

b. If u = f(r, s, t) where r  s  , t  . Find x y z .


-M

(07 Marks)
y z x x y z
 (uvw )
H

c. If u = x + y + z , v = y + z, w = z find . (07 Marks)


20
H

-M

( xyz )
-M

5 a. Obtain reduction formula for sin n x dx where n is a positive integer.


 (06 Marks)
H
-2
H

-M

1
M

b. Evaluate :  x 9 1  x 2 dx . (07 Marks)


-0

0
H

1 2
07

2
 y 2 )dxdy .
-M

c. Evaluate :   (x (07 Marks)


0 1
H

1 2 2
-M

2
6 a. Evaluate :    x yz dx dy dz . (06 Marks)
0 0 1
b. Prove that (m, n )  (n, m) . (07 Marks)
H

2 2
-M

x
c. Evaluate :  dx . (07 Marks)
0 2-x
1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
MATDIP301

pm
dy

27
7 a. Solve  e  y (e x  x 2 ) . (06 Marks)
dx
2 2
b. Solve ( x  y )dx  2 xy dy .

0:
(07 Marks)
dx x

:1
c. Solve   2 y2 . (07 Marks)
dy y

H
01

-M
d2y dy
8 a. Solve  5  6y  ex . (06 Marks)

0
2
dx dx

H
02
2
d y dy
b. Solve  4  4 y  cos x . (07 Marks)

-M
2
dx dx -2
2
d y dy
c. Solve  3  2 y  12x 2 . (07 Marks)

H
01
2
dx dx

-M
7-

*****
H
-0

-M
U
VT

pm
-M

H
11
H

-M
-M

2:

H
:4
H

-M
01
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
07

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17MAT31

am
USN

29
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Engineering Mathematics – III

3:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:5
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. Find the Fourier series expansion of f(x) = x – x2 in (–, ), hence deduce that

H
01
2 1 1 1 1
    .

-M
(08 Marks)
12 12 2 2 32 4 2 -2 2
b. Find the half range cosine series for the function f(x) = ( x – 1) in 0 ≤ x ≤ 1. (06 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
c. Express y as a Fourier series upto first harmonics given :
12

-M
x 0 60 120 180 240 300
8-

y 7.9 7.2 3.6 0.5 0.9 6.8


H (06 Marks)
-1

-M
OR
U

2 a. Obtain the Fourier series for the function :


VT

 4x -3
am
-M

1  3 in
2
x0
f (x)  
4x 3
03

H
1  in 0  x 
H

 3 2 -M
-M

8:

2 1 1 1
Hence deduce that     . (08 Marks)
H
:0

8 12 32 52
H

-M
09
-M

 x in 0  x  
b. If f ( x )   2
  x in   x  
H

 2
19
H

-M

Show that the half range sine series as


-M

20

4 sin 3x sin 5x 
f (x)  sin x   2     . (06 Marks)
H


 3 2
5 
H

-M
2-

c. Obtain the Fourier series upto first harmonics given :


M

-1

x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
H
18

y 9 18 24 28 26 20 9
-M

(06 Marks)

Module-2
H

3 a. Find the complex Fourier transform of the function :


-M


1 for | x |  a sin x
f (x)   and hence evaluate  dx . (08 Marks)
0 for | x |  a x
H

b. Find the Fourier cosine transform of e-ax.


-M

(06 Marks)
c. Solve by using z – transforms un+2 – 4un = 0 given that u0 = 0 and u1 = 2. (06 Marks)
H

1 of 3
-M
H
M
17MAT31

am
OR

29
4 a. Find the Fourier sine and Cosine transforms of :
x 0  x  2

3:
f (x)   . (08 Marks)
0 elsewhere

:5
b. Find the Z – transform of : i) n2 ii) ne–an. (06 Marks)

H
08
2z 2  3z
c. Obtain the inverse Z – transform of . (06 Marks)

-M
(z  2)(z  4)

H
Module-3

01
5 a. Obtain the lines of regression and hence find the co-efficient of correlation for the data :

-M
-2
x 1 3 4 2 5 8 9 10 13 15
y 8 6 10 8 12 16 16 10 32 32

H
12
(08 Marks)

-M
b. Fit a parabola y = ax2 + bx + c in the least square sense for the data :
8-

x 1 2 3 4 5
H
-1

y 10 12 13 16 19
-M
(06 Marks)
U

c. Find the root of the equation xex – cosx = 0 by Regula – Falsi method correct to three
VT

decimal places in (0, 1). am (06 Marks)


-M

OR
03

H
6 a. If 8x – 10y + 66 = 0 and 40x – 18y = 214 are the two regression lines, find the mean of x’s,
H

mean of y’s and the co-efficient of correlation. Find y if x = 3. -M (08 Marks)


-M

8:

bx
b. Fit an exponential curve of the form y = ae by the method of least squares for the data :
H
:0

No. of petals 5 6 7 8 9 10
H

-M

No. of flowers 133 55 23 7 2 2


09
-M

(06 Marks)
c. Using Newton–Raphson method, find the root that lies near x = 4.5 of the equation tanx = x
H
19
H

correct to four decimal places. (06 Marks)


-M
-M

20

Module-4
H

7 a. From the following table find the number of students who have obtained marks :
H

i) less than 45 ii) between 40 and 45.


-M
2-
M

Marks 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60 60 – 70 70 – 80
-1

No. of students 31 42 51 35 31
H
18

(06 Marks)
-M

b. Using Newton’s divided difference formula construct an interpolating polynomial for the
following data :
H

x 4 5 7 10 11 13
-M

f(x) 48 100 294 900 1210 2028


and hence find f(8). (08 Marks)
1
H

dx th
c. Evaluate  taking seven ordinates by applying Simpson’s ⅜ rule. (06 Marks)
-M

0 1 x
H

2 of 3
-M
H
M
17MAT31

am
OR

29
8 a. In a table given below, the values of y are consecutive terms of a series of which 23.6 is the
6th term. Find the first and tenth terms of the series by Newton’s formulas.

3:
x 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

:5
y 4.8 8.4 14.5 23.6 36.2 52.8 73.9

H
08
(08 Marks)
b. Fit an interpolating polynomial of the form x = f(y) for data and hence find x(5) given :

-M
x 2 10 17

9
y 1 3 4

H
01
(06 Marks)

-M
0.6
c. Use Simpson’s rd rule to find
-2 2

 e x dx by taking 6 sub-intervals. (06 Marks)

H
0
12

-M
Module-5
8-

9 a. Verify Green’s theorem in the plane for c(3x2 – 8y2)dx + (4y – 6xy)dy where C is the
H
-1

closed curve bounded by y  x and y = x2. (08 Marks)


-M
U

2
b. Evaluate  xydx  xy dy by Stoke’s theorem where C is the square in the x – y plane with
VT

c
H

vertices (1, 0)(–1, 0)(0, 1)(0, –1).


am (06 Marks)
-M

c. Prove that Catenary is the curve which when rotated about a line generates a surface of
03

minimum area.

H
(06 Marks)
H

-M
-M

OR
8:

  2 
10 a. If F  2xy i  yz j  xz k and S is the rectangular parallelepiped bounded by x = 0, y = 0,
H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

z = 0, x = 2, y = 1, z = 3 evaluate    
F. n ds . (08 Marks)
s
H

b. f d  f 
19
H

Derive Euler’s equation in the standard form viz  0. (06 Marks)
-M

y dx  y 
-M

20


c. 2
H

2
Find the external of the functional I   (y  y12  2 y sin x )dx under the end conditions
H

-M
2-

0
M

y(0) = y(/2) = 0. (06 Marks)


-1

H
18

-M

*****
H
-M
H
-M

3 of 3
H
-M
H
M
17EC33

am
USN

30
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Analog Electronics

9:
:4
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. Derive the expression for input impedance, output impedance, voltage gain and current gain

H
for common emitter voltage divider bias configuration using re model.

01
(10 Marks)
b. For the emitter-follower circuit shown in Fig.Q.1(b). Determine:

-M
i) Input impedance -2
ii) Output resistance
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
iii) Voltage gain

-M
iv) Current gain.
6-

H
-2

-M
U
VT

am
-M

Fig.Q.1(b)
28

H
(10 Marks)
H

-M
-M

6:

OR
2 a. Derive the expression for voltage gain, current gain, input resistance, output resistance CE
H
:0

transistor amplifier using hybrid parameters.


H

(10 Marks)
-M

b. Describe the hybrid -model.


09
-M

(04 Marks)
c. Determine Zi, Zo, Av, Ai for the circuit shown in Fig.Q.2(c) using approximate hybrid model.
H

Given data hie = 1.1K, hfe = 100, hoe = 20A/V (06 Marks)
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
26

-M

Fig.Q.2(c)
H

Module-2
-M

3 a. Indicate various operating regions of JFET. Also determine parameters from the
characteristics. (06 Marks)
H

b. Analyze self bias configuration of JFET and derive the expression for voltage gain, output
-M

impedance and input impedance. (07 Marks)


1 of 3
H
-M
H
M
17EC33
c. Compute gm, zi, zo and Av for the circuit shown in Fig.Q.3(c). Given VGSQ = -2.2V,

am
IDQ = 2.03mA, IDSS = 10mA, Vp = -4V and rd = 40K. (07 Marks)

30
9:
:4

H
08

-M
Fig.Q.3(c)

H
OR

01
4 a. Explain the characteristics of enhancement type MOSFET. Also indicate various operating

-M
regions. -2 (06 Marks)
b. Derive the expression voltage gain, input resistance and output resistance of the source

H
12
follower. (07 Marks)

-M
c. Evaluate zi, zo and Av for the JFET circuit shown in Fig.Q.4(c). Given: IDSS = 12mA,
6-

Vp = -3V, gm = 2m℧, rd = 40K (07 Marks)


H
-2

-M
U
VT

am
-M

28

H
Fig.Q.4(c)
H

-M
-M

6:

Module-3
5 a. Derive the expression for cut-off frequency due to source capacitor and coupling capacitor
H
:0

of a BJT amplifier.
H

(06 Marks)
-M

b. If the applied ac power to a system is 5w at 100mV and the output power is 48W,
09
-M

Determine: i) Power gain in dB ii) The voltage gain in dB if the output impedance is 40K
H

iii) The input impedance. (06 Marks)


19
H

c. Derive an expression for Miller input and output capacitance. Also draw the equivalent
-M
-M

circuit. (08 Marks)


20

OR
H

-M
2-

6 a. Derive the expression f L and f H for the multistage amplifier.


M

(06 Marks)
b. For the circuit shown in Fig.Q.6(b) determine fHi and fHo, given Cwi = 3pF, Cwo = 5pF,
-1

Cgd = 4pF, Cgs = 6pF, Cds = 1pF, IDSS = 6mA, Vp = -6V rd =  and gm = 2m℧. (08 Marks)
26

-M
H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q.6(b)

2 of 3
H
-M
H
M
17EC33

c. Determine overall lower 3dB and upper 3dB frequency for a four stage amplifier having an

am
individual value of f1 = 40Hz and f2 = 2.5MHz. Also calculate overall bandwidth. (06 Marks)

Module-4

30
7 a. Explain the concept of feed back using block diagram. (06 Marks)
b. Derive the expression for input resistance and output resistance of a voltage series feedback

9:
amplifier. (08 Marks)
c. If the gain of an amplifier changes from a value of -1000 by 10%, calculate the gain change,

:4
1

H
08
if the amplifier used in a feedback circuit having   . (06 Marks)
20

-M
9
OR

H
01
8 a. Explain the operation of FET phase shift oscillator. (08 Marks)

-M
b. Describe the Wein bridge oscillator for the oscillating frequency f0 = 2.2kHz. Also draw the
circuit diagram. -2 (06 Marks)
c. Determine the oscillating frequency of the Colpitts oscillator for the given specifications

H
12
C1 = 750pF, C2 = 2500pF and L = 40H. Also calculate the feedback factor of the Colpitts

-M
oscillator. (06 Marks)
6-

Module-5
H
-2

9 a. Derive an expression for conversion efficiency of transformer coupled class-A amplifier.


-M
(08 Marks)
U

b. Calculate the second harmonic distortion for an output waveform having measured values of
VT

VCEmin = 2.4V VCEQ = 10V and VCEmax = 20V. am (04 Marks)


-M

c. Explain with the help of neat circuit diagram, voltage series regulator operation. (08 Marks)
28

H
OR
H

-M
10 a. Derive an expression for conversion efficiency of class B push pull amplifier. (08 Marks)
-M

6:

b. A transformer coupled class-A amplifier drives a 16 speaker through 4:1 transformer using
a power supply of Vcc = 36V, the circuit delivers 2W to the load. Calculate : i) P(ac) across
H
:0
H

transformer primary ii) VL(ac). (06 Marks)


-M

c. Calculate the harmonic distortion components for an output signal having fundamental
09
-M

amplitude of 2.1V, second harmonic component amplitude of 0.3V, third harmonic


H

component of 0.1V and fourth harmonic component of 0.05V. Also calculate total harmonic
19
H

distortion.
-M

(06 Marks)
-M

20

*****
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
26

-M
H
-M
H
-M

3 of 3
H
-M
H
M
am
USN 17EC34

06
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

8:
Digital Electronics

:4
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

H
08
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
9
Module-1

H
01

-M
1 a. Express the following functions into a canonical form:
i) f1 = a + bc + bcd -2
ii) f2 = a(b + c) (b + c + d) (08 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
b. Represent the number of days in a month for a non-leap year by a truth cable, indicating the

-M
output of a invalid inputs if any by ‘0’. (06 Marks)
1-

c. Simplify the given function using K-map method


H
f(abcd) = m (1, 2, 4, 11, 13, 14, 15) +d (0, 5, 7, 8, 10). (06 Marks)
-3

-M
U

OR
2 a. Find all prime implicants of the function using Quine-industry method and verify the same
VT

am
by K-map method .f(abcd) = m (0, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14) (10 Marks)
-M

b. Find minimal sum and minimal product for the incomplete Boolean function using K-map
f(abcd) = m(6, 7, 9, 10, 13) + d (1, 4, 5, 11, 15). (10 Marks)
05

H
H

Module-2
-M
-M

7:

3 a. Design two bit magnitude comparator. (10 Marks)


b. Design 4:2 priority encoder with a valid output where highest priority is given to the highest
H
:0
H

bit position. (10 Marks)


-M
09
-M

OR
H
19
H

4 a. Design and realize the Boolean function using IC-74139.


-M
-M

f1(ab) = (0, 2), f2(abc) = (1, 3, 5, 7). (05 Marks)


20

b. Explain how look ahead carry adder circuit will reduce the propagation delay with the help
H

of carry propagate and carry generate function. (08 Marks)


H

c. Implement the Boolean function f(abcd) = (0, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 14) using multiplexers with
-M
2-
M

two 4:1 MUX with variable ‘a’ and ‘b’ are connected to their select lines in first level and
-1

one 2:1 MUX with variable ‘c’ connected to its select line in second level. (07 Marks)
H
31

-M

Module-3
5 a. With the help of logic circuit and waveforms. Explain switch bouncing applications using
H

SR latch. (06 Marks)


-M

b. Write the characteristics equation for SR, JK flip flop. (06 Marks)
c. With neat logic diagram, and waveform. Explain the operation of master-slave J-K flip-flop.
(08 Marks)
H
-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17EC34

OR

am
6 a. List the difference between combinational and sequentional circuit. (06 Marks)
b. Explain the operation of clocked SR flip-flop using NAND-gate. s (06 Marks)
c. What is the significance of Edge triggering? Explain the working of positive edge triggered

06
D flip-flop with their function table. (08 Marks)

8:
Module-4

:4
7 a. With neat diagram, explain the operation of universal shift register. (08 Marks)
b. Design 3 bit binary synchronous down counter using JK Flip Flop. Write excition table,

H
08
transition table, and logic diagram. (12 Marks)

-M
OR

9
8 a. What is register? With heat circuit diagram, explain the operation of 4-bit ring counter.

H
01
(07 Marks)

-M
b. With logic diagram, sequence table, decoding logic. Explain the operation of mod-7 twisted
-2
ring counter. (07 Marks)

H
c. Explain the working of 4 bit binary ripple counter using positive edge triggered T-flip-flop
12

-M
also draw timing diagram, truth table. (06 Marks)
1-

Module-5
H
-3

9 a. Write the difference between Moore and Mealy model with necessary block diagram.
-M
(08 Marks)
U

b. Design asynchronous circuit using positive edge triggered J-K flip-flop with minimal
VT

combinational gating to generate the following sequence. 0-1-2-0: if input X = 0 and


H

am
0 – 2 – 1 – 0; if input X = 1, provide an output which goes high to indicate the non-zero state
-M

in the 0-1-2-0 sequence. Is this a mealy machine? (12 Marks)


05

H
H

OR -M
10 a. Design a cyclic mod-8 synchronous binary counter using JK flip-flop.
-M

(10 Marks)
7:

b. Analyze the given sequential circuit show in Fig.Q.10(b) and obtain.


H
:0

i) Flip-flop Input and Output Equation


H

-M

ii) Transition Equation


09
-M

iii) Transition Table (N)


iv) State Table
H

v) State Diagram.
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
31

-M
H

Fig.Q.10(b)
-M

(10 Marks)
H

*****
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17EC35

am
USN

36
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Network Analysis

1:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:5
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1
1 a. Derive the expression for: (i)  to Y transformation (ii) Y to  transformation

0
(10 Marks)
b. Calculate the voltage across the 6 resistor in the network of Fig.Q1(b) using source

H
02
shifting technique.

-M
-2
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01

-M
3-

H
-0

-M
Fig.Q1(b) (10 Marks)
U

OR
VT

2
am
a. Determine the resistance between the terminals A and B of the network shown in Fig.Q2(a).
-M

13

H
H

-M
-M

8:

H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

Fig.Q2(a) (10 Marks)


20
H

b. Find currents in all the branches of the network shown in Fig.Q2(b) using mesh analysis.
-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
1-
M

-0

H
03

-M

Fig.Q2(b) (05 Marks)


Find voltages V and V in the network shown in Fig.Q2(c) using node analysis method.
H

c. 1 2
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q2(c) (05 Marks)


H

1 of 4
-M
H
M
17EC35
Module-2
3 a. Obtain Thevenin’s equivalent network for Fig.Q3(a).

am
36
1:
:5
Fig.Q3(a) (08 Marks)
b. State and prove Millman’s theorem. (06 Marks)

H
08
c. For the circuit shown in Fig.Q3(c), find the voltage Vx and verify reciprocity theorem.

-M
0

H
02

-M
-2

H
Fig.Q3(c) (06 Marks)
01

-M
OR
3-

4 a. State and prove maximum power transfer theorem for AC circuits (when RL and XL are
varying) H (10 Marks)
-0

-M
b. Find ‘V’ in the circuit shown in Fig.Q4(b) using super position theorem.
U
VT

am
-M

13

H
H

Fig.Q4(b) -M (10 Marks)


-M

8:

Module-3
H
:0

5 a. What is the significance of initial conditions? Write a note on initial and final conditions for
H

basic circuit elements.


-M

(05 Marks)
09
-M

b. In the network shown in Fig.Q5(b) switch ‘S’ is changed from A to B at t = 0 having already
V
established a steady state in position A shown that at t = 0+, i1  i 2  and
H
20
H

R1  R 2  R 3
-M
-M

i3 = 0.
20

H
H

-M
1-
M

-0

H
03

-M

Fig.Q5(b) (10 Marks)


c. In the network of Fig.Q5(c) switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0 with zero initial current in the
di d 2i
H

inductor. Find i, and 2 at t = 0+ if R = 10 , L = 1 H and V = 10 Volts.


dt dt
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q5(c) (05 Marks)


H

2 of 4
-M
H
M
17EC35

am
OR
6 a. Obtain Laplace transform of:
(i) Step function

36
(ii) Ramp function
(iii) Impulse function (10 Marks)

1:
b. Find the Laplace transform of the waveform shown in Fig.Q6(b).

:5

H
08

-M
0

H
02
Fig.Q6(b)

-M
(10 Marks)
-2 Module-4

H
01
7 a. Derive the relation between bandwidth and quality factor B.W = f0/Q. (10 Marks)

-M
b. Show that the value of capacitance for max voltage across the capacitor in case of capacitor
3-

L
tuning series resonance is given by C  2 .
HR  X 2L
-0

-M
U
VT

am
-M

13

H
Fig.Q7(b) (10 Marks)
H

-M
-M

8:

OR
8 a. Derive for f0 for parallel resonance circuit when the resistance of the capacitance is
H
:0

considered.
H

-M
09
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
1-
M

Fig.Q8(a)
-0

(10 Marks)
H

b. Find the value of L for which the circuit in Fig.Q8(b) resonates at  = 5000 rad/sec.
03

-M
H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q8(b) (10 Marks)


H

3 of 4
-M
H
M
17EC35

am
Module-5
9 a. Derive the expression of Z parameters in terms of Y parameters. (10 Marks)
b. Determine Y and Z parameters for the network shown in Fig.Q9(b).

36
1:
:5

H
08

-M
0
Fig.Q9(b) (10 Marks)

H
02

-M
-2 OR
10 a. Derive the expression of h parameters in terms of ABCD parameters. (10 Marks)

H
b. Find ABCD constants and show that AD – BC = 1 for the network shown in Fig.Q10(b).
01

-M
3-

H
-0

-M
U
VT

Fig.Q10(b)
am (10 Marks)
-M

*****
13

H
H

-M
-M

8:

H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
1-
M

-0

H
03

-M
H
-M
H
-M

4 of 4
H
-M
H
M
17EC36

am
USN

Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

36
Engineering Electromagnetics

6:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:5
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

0
1 a. Obtain an expression for electric field intensity at any given point due to ‘n’ number of point

H
02
charges. (04 Marks)

-M
b. Four 10 nC positive charges are located in the z = 0 plane at the corners of a square 8 cm on
a side. A fifth 10 nC positive charge is located at a point 8 cm distant from the other charges.
-2
Calculate the magnitude of the total force on this fifth charge for  = 0. (08 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
c. Find the total charge contained in a 2 cm length of the electron beam for 2 cm < z < 4 cm,

-M
 = 1 cm and v = 5 e-100z c/m3. (08 Marks)
7-

OR
H
-0

2 a. Define electric flux and electric flux density, and also, obtain the relationship between
-M
electric flux density and electric field intensity.
U

(06 Marks)
b. Infinite uniform line charges of 5 nC/m lie along the (positive and negative) x and y axes in
VT

 am
free space, Find E at P(1, 2, 3). (10 Marks)
-M

c. Given a 60 C point charge located at the origin, find the total electric flux passing through:
 
51

H
(i) That portion of the sphere r = 26 cm bounded by 0    and 0    .
H

2 -M 2
-M

8:

(ii) The closed surface defined by  = 26 cm and z = 26 cm. (04 Marks)
H
:0

Module-2
H

-M

3 a. State and obtain mathematical formulation of Gauss law. (07 Marks)


09
-M


 ^  ^
b. Given D  6 sin   a   1.5  cos   a  C/m2. Evaluate both sides of divergence theorem
H

2 2
20
H

-M

for the region bounded by  = 2m,  = 0,  =  rad, z = 0 and z = 5m. (08 Marks)
-M

c. Derive the point form of current continuity equation. (05 Marks)


20

OR
H

-M
1-


M

  
4 a. Given the non-uniform field E  y a x  x a y  2 a z V/m, determine the work expended in
-0

carrying 2C from B(1, 0, 1) to A(0.8, 0.6, 1), along the shorter arc of the circle; x 2  y 2  1 ,
H
07

z = 1. (07 Marks)
-M

b. Derive the expression for potential field resulting from point charge in free-space. (07 Marks)
c. Find the value of volume charge density at p(r = 1.5 m,  = 30,  = 50), when
H

   
D  2r sin  cos  a r  r cos  cos  a   r sin  a  C/m2.
-M

(06 Marks)

Module-3
H

5 a. Using Gauss law derive Poisson and Laplace equations. (05 Marks)
-M

b. State and prove uniqueness theorem. (10 Marks)


  
c. Calculate  H 2 at P2(4, 2, 0) resulting from I1 L1  2 a z Am at P1(0, 0, 2). (05 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
17EC36
OR

am
6 a. Show that  V  0 , for V = (5  6 )sin4.
2 4 4
(05 Marks)
  
b. Evaluate both sides of Stoke’s theorem for the field H  6 xy a x  3y 2 a y A/m and the

36
rectangular path around the region, 2  x  5, 1  y  1, z = 0. Let positive direction of
 

6:
d s be a z . (08 Marks)

:5
c. State and explain Ampere’s circuital law. Using the same, obtain the expression for H at
any given point due to the infinite length filamentary conductor, carrying current I.

H
08
(07 Marks)

-M
Module-4

0
7 a. Obtain an expression for Lorentz force equation. (05 Marks)

H
02
b. Obtain the relationship between magnetic fields at the boundary of two different magnetic

-M
media. (09 Marks)
-2
c. Derive the expression for force between two infinitely long. Straight, parallel filamentary
conductors, separated by distance d, carrying equal and opposite currents, I. (06 Marks)

H
01

-M
OR
7-

8 a. Given a ferrite material which operates in a linear mode with B = 0.05 T, calculate values
H
for magnetic susceptibility, magnetization and magnetic field intensity. Given r = 50.
-0

(05 Marks)
-M
b. Obtain expressions for magneto motive force (mmf) and reluctance in magnetic circuits by
U

making use of analogy between electric and magnetic circuits. (08 Marks)
VT

 am 
c. Two differential current elements, I1 L1  3(10 6 ) a y Am at P1(1, 0, 0) and
-M


  
I 2  L 2  3(10 6 )(0.5 a x  0.4 a y  0.3 a z ) Am at P2(2, 2, 2) are located in free space. Find
51

H
H

 
vector force exerted on I 2  L 2 by I1 L1 . -M (07 Marks)
-M

8:

Module-5
H
:0
H

9 a. Explain the inadequacy of Ampere’s circuital law for time-varying fields. Obtain a suitable
-M
09
-M

correction for the same, which will remain consistent for both time and non-time-varying
fields. (05 Marks)
H

5 9
b. Let  = 10 H/m,  = 4  10 F/m,  = 0 and v = 0. Find K (including units) so that the
20
H

-M

 
-M

following pair of fields satisfy Maxwell’s equations: E  (20 y  Kt ) a x V/m,


20

 
H  ( y  2  10 6 t ) a z A/m.
H

(05 Marks)
H

-M
1-

c. Starting from Maxwell’s curl equation, obtain the equation of Poynting’s theorem and
M

interpret the same. (10 Marks)


-0

OR
07

-M

10 a. Express Maxwell’s equations in phasor form as applicable to free-space. Using the same,
obtain vector Helmholtz equation in free space. (09 Marks)
b. Obtain an expression for skin depth when an electromagnetic wave enters a conducting
H

medium. Also, calculate the skin depth when a 160 MHz plane wave propagates through
-M

aluminum of conductivity 105 ℧/m, r = r = 1 (05 Marks)


c. Starting from equation of Faraday’s law, obtain the point form of Maxwell’s equation
H

 
-M

concerning spatial derivative of E and time derivative of H . (06 Marks)

*****
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
17CPH39/49

am
USN Question Paper Version : A

35
8:
Third/Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Constitution of India, Professional Ethics & Human Rights

:4
(COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)

H
08

-M
Time: 2 hrs.] [Max. Marks: 30

H
02
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATES

-M
1. -2
Answer all the thirty questions, each question carries ONE mark.

H
01
2. Use only Black ball point pen for writing / darkening the circles.

-M
3. For each question, after selecting your answer, darken the appropriate circle
4-

H
corresponding to the same question number on the OMR sheet.
-1

-M
4. Darkening two circles for the same question makes the answer invalid.
U
VT

5. Damaging/overwriting, using whiteners on the OMR sheets are strictly


H

am
-M

prohibited.
24

H
H

-M
-M

1. The ‘Government’, it meant a body that,


7:

a) Makes law b) Implements laws made


H
:0

c) Interprets the laws d) Carrying all these functions


H

-M
09
-M

2. Which one of the following is a features common to both the Indian Federation and the
American Federation.
H

a) A single citizenship
20

b) A federal supremecourt to interprete the constitution


H

-M

c) Three lists in the constitution d) Dual judiciary


-M

20

3. The preamble in the constitution of independent India is modified version of which of the
H
H

following :
-M
1-
M

a) Bill of Rights in USA b) British MagnaCarta


-0

c) Objectives resolution moved by Jawaharlal Nehru d) Ideals of communism


H
14

4. In the Indian constitution, the Right to Equality is granted by,


-M

a) Article 16 – 20 b) Article 15 – 19
c) Article 14 – 18 d) Article 13 – 17
H
-M

5. Uniform civil code is one of the,


a) Fundamental rights b) Directive principle of state policies
c) Fundamental duties d) None of these
H
-M

-A1-
H
-M
H
M
17CPH39/49

am
6. Concept of fundamental duties copied from which country’s constitution,
a) USSR b) USA

35
c) UK d) JAPAN

8:
7. Who is said to be an integral part of the Union Legislature (Parliament)?
a) Speaker of LokSabha b) Chairman of Rajya Sabha

:4
c) President d) Prime Minister

H
08
8. With reference to Vice-President, consider the following statements:

-M
i) The removal proceedings of Vice-President can be begin in lower house of parliament.

0
ii) There is no specific provision in the Indian constitution regarding election of Vice-

H
02
President.

-M
Which of the statements given is/are correct?
a) (i) only -2 b) (ii) only
c) Both (i) and (ii) d) Neither (i) nor (ii).

H
01

-M
9. The Supreme court of India tenders advice to the President on a matter of law or fact.
4-

a) On its own initiative b) Only if he seeks such advice


c) Only if the matter relates to the extent of powers of the Union
H
-1

d) Only if the issue relates to international treaty or agreement


-M
U

10. Consider the following statements:


VT

i) The oath of Governor is conducted by the Chief Minister of the respective state.
H

am
ii) The constitution does not fix any tenure for the post of Governor of a state.
-M

Which of statements given above is / are correct?


24

a) (i) only b) Both (i) and (ii)

H
H

c) (ii) only d) Neither (i) or (ii)


-M
-M

7:

11. When it comes to the passage of Money Bills, how is the situation in the Union Parliament
H
:0

different from that in the State Legislature?


H

-M

a) At the Union level, Money Bill can be introduced only in the Lok-Sabha, but at the
09
-M

state level, it can be introduced either house of state Legislature.


b) The time limit within which the upper house can return a money bill is 14 days, in case
H

of the Union and one month in State Legislature.


20
H

-M

c) In Parliament, there is no provision for joint session in case of Money Bills, but there
-M

can be joint session over money Bill in State Legislature.


20

d) None of the above


H
H

-M
1-
M

12. Judge of the High Court can be impeached on the ground of,
-0

a) Proved misbehaviour b) Corruption


H

c) High crimes d) Emergency


14

-M

13. Nomination papers shall be submitted with,


a) The Chief Election Commissioner b) The Regional Election Commissioner
H

c) The Returning Officer d) None of these


-M

14. 73rd Amendment provides establishment of,


a) High courts b) Rural local self Government
H

c) Lokayukta d) Start ups


-M

-A2-
H
-M
H
M
am
17CPH39/49

35
15. A college student desires to get elected to the Municipal council of his city. The validation
of his nomination would depend on the important condition, among others, that

8:
a) He has attained the maturity b) He is a member of a political party

:4
c) His name figures in the Voter’s list d) He is the topper to the class

H
08
16. To declare emergency _________ consent is must.

-M
a) Prime Minister b) Cabinet headed by the Prime Minister
c) Speaker of Lok Sabha d) Chief Justice of the Supreme Court

H
02
17. It is not the effect of State emergency,

-M
a) State legislature can be dissolved
-2 b) President assumes the state executive power
c) Parliament may make law over state list d) Effects on state Judiciary

H
01
18. Which of following statements is / are correct in respect of co-operative societies:

-M
i) Part IX-B of the constitution deals.
4-

ii) Right to form a co-operative society is a fundamental under the constitution.


H
-1

iii) Co-operative societies also mentioned under Directive Principles of state policy
-M
Select the correct answer using the code given here.
U

a) (i) only b) (ii) only


VT

c) (i) and (iii) only d) (i), (ii) and (iii)


H

am
-M

19. What day do countries celebrate as Human Rights Day?


a) 1 January b) 10 December
24

H
c) 2 March d) 6 June
H

-M
-M

7:

20. What does the International Bill of Human Rights provide?


a) A list of economic human rights.
H
:0
H

b) The rights that all citizens hold


-M
09
-M

c) A list of indivisible human rights covering civil and political rights.


d) An authoritative list of universal human rights covering civil and political rights and
H

economic, social and cultural rights.


20
H

-M
-M

21. ___________ is the watch dog of human rights in India.


20

a) High court b) Parliament


H

c) National Human Rights Commission d) None of these


H

-M
1-
M

22. Engineering Ethics is a,


-0

a) Developing ethics b) Preventive ethics


H

c) Natural ethics d) Scientifically developed ethics


14

-M

23. For engineering profession _______is considered as its foundation.


a) Honesty b) Hard work
H

c) Sound common sence d) None of these


-M

24. A compound measure of the probability and magnitude of the adverse effect is known as,
H

a) Benefit b) Compensation
c) Risk d) Both (a) and (b)
-M

-A3-
H
-M
H
M
am
17CPH39/49

35
25. ‘Trimming’ is,
a) Retaining the entire data b) Consolidating the data

8:
c) Smoothing of irregularities to make the data to appear accurate and precise

:4
d) All the above

H
08
26. A fault tree is used to,

-M
a) Access the risk involved b) Improve safety
c) Take free consent d) Claim compensation

H
02
27. The formula of a soft drink is an example of,

-M
a) Copyright -2 b) Trade secret
c) Patent d) Trade mark

H
01
28. An author retains copyright of his book for,

-M
a) 25 years b) 50 years
4-

c) Life time + 60 years d) 100 years


H
-1

-M
29. This is not dishonesty in engineering,
U

a) Forging b) Blending
c) Cooking d) Trimming
VT

am
-M

30. This is not implement to responsibility,


a) Fear b) Self respect
24

H
c) Self deception d) Ignorance.
H

-M
-M

7:

H
:0
H

*****
-M
09
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
1-
M

-0

H
14

-M
H
-M
H
-M

-A4-
H
-M
H
M
17MATDIP31

am
USN

Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

01
Additional Mathematics – I

5:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:5
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Find the modulus and amplitude of

0
3 i
(07 Marks)

H
02
2i

-M
x 2n  1
b. If x = cos + i sin, then show that -2  i tan n . (07 Marks)
x2n  1
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
(cos 3  i sin 3)4 (cos 4  i sin 4)5
c. Simplify (06 Marks)

-M
(cos 4  i sin 4)3 (cos 5  i sin 5) 4
9-

H
OR
-0

-M
2 a. Find the sine of the angle between A  2î  2 ĵ  k̂ and B  6î  3 ĵ  2k̂ . (07 Marks)
U

b. Find the value of λ , so that the vectors a  2î  3ˆj  k̂ , b  î  2 ĵ  3k̂ and c  î  k̂
VT

are coplanar.
am (07 Marks)
-M

c. Prove that a  (b  c)  b  (c  a )  c  (a  b)  0 . (06 Marks)


44

H
H

Module-2 -M
a. Find the nth derivative of eax cos(bx + c).
-M

3 (07 Marks)
4:

2 2
b. If y = a cos(log x) + b sin(log x) prove that x y n  2  (2n  1) xy n 1  (n  1) y n  0 .
H
:0

(07 Marks)
H

-M

2 2
09

  u u
c. If u  sin 1  x  y
-M

 , prove that x y  tan u. (06 Marks)


 xy  x y
H
20
H

-M

OR
-M

n n
4 a. Find the pedal equation of r = a cos n.
20

(07 Marks)
b. Expand loge(1 + x) in ascending powers of x as for as the term containing x4.
H

(07 Marks)
H

 ( x , y)
-M
1-

c. If x = r cos, y = r sin, find


M

(06 Marks)
(r, )
-0

Module-3
09

-M

1 y
2
5 a. Evaluate   (1  xy ) dx dy (07 Marks)
H

0 y2
-M

2
4
b. Evaluate  sin x cos6 x dx (07 Marks)
0
H

2
x4
c. Evaluate  dx
-M

(06 Marks)
0 4  x2
1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17MATDIP31

am
OR
2 4

  xy  e  dydx
y
6 a. Evaluate

01
(07 Marks)
1 3

5:
8
b. Evaluate  x sin x dx (07 Marks)

:5
0
2 1 1

H
08
2
c. Evaluate    (x  y 2  z 2 ) dxdydz (06 Marks)

-M
1 0 1

0
Module-4

H
02
7 a. If particle moves on the curve x = 2t 2 , y = t2 – 4t, z = 3t – 5 where t is the time. Find the

-M
velocity and acceleration at t = 1. -2 (07 Marks)
2 ˆ 3
b. Find the angle between the tangents to the curve r  t î  2t j  t k̂ at the point t =  1.

H
01
(07 Marks)

-M
c. If F  (3x 2 y  z) î  ( xz 3  y 4 ) ĵ  2 x 3z 2 k̂ find grad(div F ) at (2, –1, 0). (06 Marks)
9-

OR H
-0

-M
8 a. Find the directional derivative of  = 4xz3 – 3x2 y2z at (2, –1, 2) along 2î  3ˆj  6k̂
U

(07 Marks)
b. Find the unit normal to the surface x2 y + 2xz = 4 at (2, –2, 3).
VT

(07 Marks)
H

am
c. Show that F  (2 xy 2  yz )î  (2x 2 y  xz  2 yz 2 ) ĵ  (2 y 2 z  xy )k̂ is irrotational. (06 Marks)
-M

44

H
Module-5
H

9 a. Solve dy  sin( x  y)
-M
-M

(07 Marks)
4:

dx
dy
H
:0

b. Solve  y cot x  cos x (07 Marks)


H

dx
-M
09
-M

c. Solve (x – y + 1)dy – (x + y – 1)dx = 0 (06 Marks)


H

OR
20
H

-M

 x
-M

 
10 a. Solve 1  e x / 4 dx  e x / y 1  dy  0 . (07 Marks)
20

 y
H

 
b. Solve x 3 cos 2 y  x sin 2 y dx  dy .
H

(07 Marks)
-M
1-

3x y  2xy dx  2x y


2 4 3 3 2

M

c. Solve  x dy  0 (06 Marks)


-0

*****
09

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
pm
USN 17MAT41

59
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

6:
Engineering Mathematics - IV

:1
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

H
01
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1

-M
1 -2
a. From Taylor’s series method, find y(0.1), considering upto fourth degree term if y(x)
dy
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
satisfying the equation  x  y 2 , y(0) = 1.
12
(06 Marks)
dx

-M
dy
6-

b. Using Runge-Kutta method of fourth order  y  2 x at x = 1.1 given that y = 3 at x = 1


dx
H
-1

initially. (07 Marks)


-M
dy
c. If  2e x  y, y(0)  2, y(0.1)  2.010, y(0.2)  2.040 and y(0.3)  2.090 , find y(0.4)
U

dx
VT

correct upto four decimal places by using Milne’s predictor-corrector formula.


pm (07 Marks)
-M

OR

H
36

a. Using modified Euler’s method find y at x = 0.2 given dy  3x  1 y with y(0) = 1 taking
H

2
dx -M
2
-M

3:

h = 0.1. (06 Marks)


dy
H
:3

b. Given  y  zy 2  0 and y(0) = 1, y(0.1) = 0.9008, y(0.2) = 0.8066, y(0.3) = 0.722.


H

dx
-M
01
-M

Evaluate y(0.4) by Adams-Bashforth method. (07 Marks)


dy y  x
c. Using Runge-Kutta method of fourth order, find y(0.2) for the equation  ,
H
19
H

dx y  x
-M
-M

y(0) = 1 taking h = 0.2. (07 Marks)


0

H
-2

Module-2
H

-M

d2y dy
M

3 a. Apply Milne’s method to compute y(0.8) given that 2


 1  2y and the following table
dx dx
-1

of initial values.
H
16

x 0 0.2 0.4 0.6


-M

y 0 0.02 0.0795 0.1762


y 0 0.1996 0.3937 0.5689
H

(06 Marks)
-M

b. Express f(x) = x4 + 3x3 – x2 + 5x – 2 in terms of Legendre polynomials. (07 Marks)


c. Obtain the series solution of Bessel’s differential equation x2 y + xy + (x2 + n2) y = 0
leading to Jn(x). (07 Marks)
H
-M

1 of 3
H
-M
H
M
17MAT41

OR

pm
4 a. Given y - xy - y = 0 with the initial conditions y(0) = 1, y(0) = 0, compute y(0.2) and
y(0.2) using fourth order Runge-Kutta method. (06 Marks)

59
2
b. Prove J 1 / 2 (k )  cos x . (07 Marks)
x

6:
1 dn y 2
c. Prove the Rodfigues formula Pn ( x )  n n
( x  1)n (07 Marks)

:1
2 n! dx

H
01
Module-3

-M
5 a. Derive Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian form. (06 Marks)
b. Discuss the transformation w = z2. (07 Marks)

9
2z

H
01
e
c. By using Cauchy’s residue theorem, evaluate  dz if C is the circle z  3 .

-M
C
( z  1)( z  2 )
-2 (07 Marks)

H
12
OR

-M
2 2
    2 2
6 a. Prove that  2  2  f (z)  4 f (z )
6-

(06 Marks)
 x y 
H
-1

b. State and prove Cauchy’s integral formula. (07 Marks)


-M
c. Find the bilinear transformation which maps z = , i, 0 into w = -1, -i, 1. (07 Marks)
U
VT

Module-4
H

7 a. Find the mean and standard of Poisson distribution.


pm (06 Marks)
-M

b. In an examination 7% of students score less than 35 marks and 89% of the students score
less than 60 marks. Find the mean and standard deviation if the marks are normally

H
36
H

distributed given A(1.2263) = 0.39 and A(1.4757) = 0.43 -M (07 Marks)


-M

c. The joint probability distribution table for two random variables X and Y is as follows:
3:

Y
-2 -1 4 5
H
:3

X
H

-M

1 0.1 0.2 0 0.3


01
-M

2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0


Determine:
H
19
H

i) Marginal distribution of X and Y


-M
-M

ii) Covariance of X and Y


0

iii) Correlation of X and Y (07 Marks)


H
-2
H

OR
-M
M

8 a. A random variable X has the following probability function:


2

x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-1

P(x) 0 K 2k 2k 3k K2 2k2 7k2+k


H
16

-M

Find K and evaluate P(x  6), P(3 < x  6). (06 Marks)
b. The probability that a pen manufactured by a factory be defective is 1/10. If 12 such pens are
manufactured, what is the probability that
H

i) Exactly 2 are defective


-M

ii) Atleast two are defective


iii) None of them are defective. (07 Marks)
c. The length of telephone conversation in a booth has been exponential distribution and found
H

on an average to be 5 minutes. Find the probability that a random call made


-M

i) Ends in less than 5 minutes


ii) Between 5 and 10 minutes. (07 Marks)
H

2 of 3
-M
H
M
17MAT41

pm
Module-5
9 a. A die is thrown 9000 times and a throw of 3 or 4 was observed 3240 times. Show that the
dia cannot be regarded as an unbiased die. (06 Marks)

59
b. A group of 10 boys fed on diet A and another group of 8 boys fed on a different disk B for a
period of 6 months recorded the following increase in weight (lbs):

6:
Diet A: 5 6 8 1 12 4 3 9 6 10

:1
Diet B: 2 3 6 8 10 1 2 8
Test whether diets A and B differ significantly t.05 = 2.12 at 16df. (07 Marks)

H
01
c. Find the unique fixed probability vector for the regular stochastic matrix

-M
 0 1 0 
A  1 / 6 1 / 2 1 / 3

9
(07 Marks)

H
01
 0 2 / 3 1 / 3

-M
-2 OR

H
12
10 a. Define the terms:

-M
i) Null hypothesis
6-

ii) Type-I and Type-II error


iii) Confidence limits (06 Marks)
H
-1

1 / 2 0 1 / 2
-M
 0  . Find the fined probabilities
U

b. The t.p.m. of a Markov chain is given by P   1 0


VT

1 / 4 1 / 2 1 / 4
H

pm
-M

vector. (07 Marks)


c. Two boys B1 and B2 and two girls G1 and G2 are throwing ball from one to another. Each

H
36

boy throws the ball to the other boy with probability 1/2 and to each girl with probability
H

-M
1/4. On the other hand each girl throws the ball to each boy with probability 1/2 and never to
-M

3:

the other girl. In the long run how often does each receive the ball? (07 Marks)
H
:3
H

*****
-M
01
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

H
16

-M
H
-M
H
-M

3 of 3
H
-M
H
M
17EC42

pm
USN

34
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Signals and Systems

4:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:2
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Explain with an example :

9
i) Even and odd signal

H
01
ii) Energy and power signal

-M
iii) Time shifting
iv) Time scaling
-2
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

v) Prescenduce rule. (10Marks)

H
12
b. Sketch the following :

-M
y(t) = r(t + 2) – r(t + 1) – r(t – 1) + r(t – 2) (02Marks)
9-

c. Given the signal x(t) as shown in the Fig.1(c) sketch the following :
i) x(2t + 2) and ii) x(t/2 – 1). H
-1

(08Marks)
-M
U
VT

pm
-M

H
57

Fig.1(c)
H

-M
-M

7:

OR
2 a. Find the even the odd components of the following signals :
H
:3
H

i) x(t) = cost + sin t + sin t  cos t


-M
01
-M

ii) x (n )  {3, 1, 2,  4, 2} . (06 Marks)



b. For the signal shown in Fig.Q2(b), find the total energy. (08 Marks)
H
19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

Fig.Q2(b)
-1

c. Verify the following system for linearity and time invariance :


H

i) y(t) = tx(t) ii) y(n) = x[n] + n. (06 Marks)


19

-M

Module-2
H

3 a. What do you mean by impulse response of an LTI system? Starting from fundamentals,
deduce the equation for the response of an LTI system if the input sequences x(n) and the
-M

impulse response h(n) are given. (08 Marks)


b. Determine the output of an LTI system for an input x(t) = u(t) – u(t – 2) and impulse
H

response h(t) = u(t) – u(t – 2). (06 Marks)


-M

c. An LTI system is characterized by an impulse response h(n) = (3/4)n u(n). Find the response
of the system when the input x(n) = u(n). Also evaluate the output of the system at n = + 5
and n = –5.
H

(06 Marks)
1 of 3
-M
H
M
17EC42

pm
OR
4 a. LTI system has an impulse response :
1 ; n   /  1

34

h ( n )  2 ; n  0

4:
0 ; otherwise

:2
Determine the output of this system in response to the input :
 2 ; n0

H
01
 3 ; n 1

-M

x (n )   . (06 Marks)
  2 ; n  2

9
 0 ; otherwise

H
01
n

-M
b. Determine the discrete time convolution of input x(n) =  u(n) and impulse response
-2
h(n) = u(n – 3). Assume magnitude of  to be less than 1. (08 Marks)
c. Prove [x(n)  h1(n)]  h2(n) = x(n)  [h1(n)  h2(n)]. (06 Marks)

H
12

-M
Module-3
9-

5 a. Evaluate the step response for the following impulse responses


n
H
-1

i) h(n) = () u(n)


-M
ii) h(t) = u(t + 1) – u(t – 1). (08 Marks)
U

b. Check for the following impulse responses memoryless, causal and stable.
2t
VT

i) h(t) = e u(t – 1)
H

n
ii) h(n) = () u(n).
pm
-M

(06 Marks)
c. Evaluate the DTFS representation for the signal :

H
57

 4  10 
H

x[n ]  sin  n   cos n 1 -M


 21   21 
-M

7:

Sketch magnitudes and phase spectra. (06 Marks)


H
:3
H

OR
-M
01
-M

6 a. An inter connection of LTI system is shown in Fig.Q6(a). The impulse responses are
n
h1(n) =() u(n+2), h2(n) = (n) and h3(n) = u(n–1). Find the impulse response h(n) of the
H

overall system. (06 Marks)


19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

Fig.Q6(a)
H

b. State the following properties of continuous time Fourier series


19

-M

i) Convolution ii) Time shift iii) Linearity iv) Differential in time domain. (04 Marks)

c. Find the complex Fourier coefficient for the periodic waveform x(t) as shown in the
H

Fig.Q6(c). Also draw the amplitude and phase spectra. (10 Marks)
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q6(c)
H

2 of 3
-M
H
M
17EC42

pm
Module-4
7 a. Find the Fourier transform of the signal x(t) = e–at; a > 0. Also sketch magnitude and phase
spectra. (08 Marks)

34
b. State and prove the following properties of discrete time Fourier transform.
i) Convolution

4:
ii) Frequency differentiation. (08 Marks)

:2
c. Find the DTFT of the signal x[n] = u[n] – u[n – 6]. (04 Marks)

H
01
OR

-M
8 a. Obtain the DTFT of the rectangular pulse is defined as :
x[n] = 1 ; | n | ≤ M

H
=0;|n|>M

01
(08 Marks)
b. Specify the Nyquist rate for the following signals

-M
i) x(t) = cos (5t) + 0.5 cos (10t)
-2
ii) x(t) = sin c (200t). (04 Marks)

H
12
c. Using properties of Fourier transform, find the Fourier transform of the signal :

-M
d 2 t
x (t)   
te sin u ( t ) . (08 Marks)
9-

dt
H
-1

-M
Module-5
a. Determine the Z–transform of the signal x[n] = anu[n]. Indicate the ROC and locations of
U

9
poles and zeros of X(z) in the z–plane.
VT

(06 Marks)
H

pm
b. Find the Z-transform and the ROC of the discrete sinusoid signal x(n) = sin [n) u(n).
-M

(08 Marks)
1 z 1

H
57

c. Find the inverse Z–transform of x (z)  4 ROC | z | > .


H

(06 Marks)
(1  z )(1  1 z 1 )
1 1 -M
-M

2 4
7:

H
:3

OR
H

-M

10 a. Find the impulse response for the following difference equation :


01
-M

y(n) – 4y(n – 1) + 3y(n – 2) = x(n) + 2x(n – 1). (08 Marks)


b. Find the Z –transform and ROC of x(n) = an–1 u(n – 1) using properties of Z–transforms.
H

(06 Marks)
19
H

-M

c. Using Z-transform find the convolution of the following two sequences :


-M

n
 
 1 2 ; 0  n  2
0

h[n ]  
H
-2

 0 ; otherwise
H

-M
M

And x[n] = [n] + [n – 1] + [n – 2]. (06 Marks)


-1

H
19

-M

*****
H
-M
H
-M

3 of 3
H
-M
H
M
pm
USN 17EC43

29
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

2:
Control Systems

:2
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

H
01
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
9
Module-1

H
01
1 a. Define closed loop control systems and list its advantages and disadvantages with examples.

-M
-2 (04 Marks)
b. For the mechanical system shown in Fig.Q.1(b), write i) The mechanical network ii) the
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
equations of motion and iii) the force-current analogous electrical network.
12
(08 Marks)

-M
3-

H
-2

-M
U
VT

pm
Fig.Q.1(b)
-M

c. For the system represented by the following equations, find the transfer function X(S)/U(S)
by signal flow graph technique.

H
28
H

x(t) = x1(t) + 3u(t) -M


-M

x11 ( t )  a1x1  x 2   2 u ( t )
6:

x12 ( t )  a 2 x1  1u (t ) (08 Marks)


H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

OR
2 a. Define analogous systems. Show that two systems shown in Fig.Q.2(a) are analogous
H

systems, by comparing their transfer functions. (08 Marks)


19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

Fig.Q.2(a)
-1

b. For the block diagram shown in Fig.Q.2(b), determine the transfer function C(S)/R(S) using
H

block diagram reduction technique. (08 Marks)


23

-M
H
-M
H

Fig.Q.2(b)
-M

1 of 4
H
-M
H
M
17EC43
c. Define the following terms in connection with signal flow graph:

pm
i) Node
ii) Forward path gain
iii) Feedback loop

29
iv) Non-touching loops. (04 Marks)

2:
Module-2

:2
3 a. Define the following time response specifications for an underdamped second order system:
i) Rise time, tr

H
01
ii) Peak time, tp

-M
iii) Peak-overshoot, Mp
iv) Settling time, ts (04 Marks)

9
b. A system is given by the differential equation y( t )  y(t )  y( t )  x (t ) , where y(t) in the

H
01
output. Determine all time domain specifications for unit step input.

-M
(08 Marks)
-2 K
c. The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback system is given by G (s ) 
S(ST  1)

H
12
i) By what factor should the amplifier gain K be multiplied in order that the damping

-M
ratio is increased from 0.2 to 0.8?
3-

ii) By what factor should K be multiplied so that the system overshoot for unit step
H
excitation is reduced from 60% to 20%? (08 Marks)
-2

-M
U

OR
4 a. Derive the expressions for i) Rise time, t r and ii) Peak overshoot, Mp for the
VT

pm
underdamped response of a second order system for a unit step input. (06 Marks)
-M

b. For the system shown in Fig.Q.4(b), compute the values of K and  to give an overshoot of
20% and peak time of 2 sec for an unit step excitation. (08 Marks)

H
28
H

-M
-M

6:

H
:3
H

-M

Fig.Q.4(b)
01
-M

c. Find the position, velocity and acceleration error constant for a control system having open
10
H

loop transfer function G (S)H (S)  . Also find the steady state error for the input
19
H

S(S  1)
-M
-M

r(t) = 1 + t. (06 Marks)


0

H
-2

Module-3
H

-M

5 a. State and explain Routh’s stability criterion for determining the stability of the system and
M

mention its limitations. (06 Marks)


-1

b. Determine the number of roots that are


H

i) in the right half of s-plane


23

-M

ii) on the imaginary axis and


iii) in the left half of s-plane
for the system with the characteristic equation s6 + s5 – 2s4 – 3s3 – 7s2 – 4s – 4 = 0.
H

(06 Marks)
-M

c. Sketch the root locus plot of a certain control system, whose characteristic equation is given
by s3 + 10s2 + ks + k = 0, comment on the stability. (08 Marks)
H
-M

2 of 4
H
-M
H
M
17EC43

OR

pm
6 a. For a system with characteristic equation s4 + ks3 + s2 + s + 1 = 0, determine the range of K
for stability. (04 Marks)
b. Determine the values of ‘k’ and ‘a’ for the open loop transfer function of a unity feedback

29
K (s  1)
system is given by G (s )  3 , so that the system oscillates at a frequency of
s  as 2  3s  1

2:
2rad/sec. (06 Marks)

:2
c. Draw the root locus diagram for the system shown in Fig.Q.6(c), show all the steps involved
in drawing the root locus. Determine:

H
01
i) The least damped complex conjugate closed loop poles and the value of ‘K’

-M
corresponding to these roots

9
ii) Minimum damping ratio. (10 Marks)

H
01

-M
-2

H
12

-M
3-

H
-2

Fig.Q.6(c)
-M
U

Module-4
VT

7 a. Define the following terms in connection with bode plots:


pm
-M

i) Gain cross over frequency


ii) Phase crossover frequency

H
28

iii) Gain margin


H

iv) Phase margin. -M (04 Marks)


-M

6:

b. A negative feedback control system is characterized by an open loop transfer function


20
H
:3

G (S)H (S)  . Sketch the polar plot and hence determine wgc, wpc, GM and PM.
H

S(S  1)(S  2)
-M
01
-M

Comment on the stability. (06 Marks)


100(1  0.1s)
H

c. A unity feedback control system has G (s )  . Draw the Bode plots and
s (s  1) 2 (0.01s  1)
19
H

-M
-M

hence determine Wgc, Wpc, GM and PM. Comment on the stability. (10 Marks)
0

H
-2

OR
H

-M

200(s  2)
M

8 a. A unity feedback control system has G (s )  2


. Draw the bode plots and
s (s  10s  100)
-1

hence determine stability of the system. (10 Marks)


23

-M

b. Using Nyquist stability criterion, find the range of K for closed loop stability for the
negative feedback control system having the open loop transfer function
K
H

G (S)H (S)  2
. (10 Marks)
S(S  2S  2)
-M
H
-M

3 of 4
H
-M
H
M
17EC43

Module-5

pm
9 a. State the advantages of state variable analysis. (04 Marks)
b. Obtain the state model for the electrical system shown in Fig.Q.9(b). Take io(t) as output.
(06 Marks)

29
2:
:2
Fig.Q.9(b)

H
01

-M
c. For a system represented by the state model

9
 x 1 ( t )  0 1   x 1 ( t )  0  x1 ( t ) 
   u ( t ) and y( t )  1 0 

H


01
    
 x 2 ( t )  3  4  x 2 ( t ) 1   x 2 ( t )

-M
Determine: -2
i) The state transition matrix, (t) and

H
12
ii) The transfer function of the system. (10 Marks)

-M
3-

OR
10 a. Define state transition matrix and list its properties. (04 Marks)
H
-2

 0 1 0
-M

b. Consider a state model with matrix A   3 2  . Determine the model matrix M.


U

 0
VT

 12  7  6
H

pm
-M

(06 Marks)
c. Obtain the time response of the following non homogeneous state equation:

H
28

 x1 ( t )  1 0  x1 ( t )  1
H

 x  ( t )  1 1  x ( t )  1 u ( t ) -M
-M

 2    2  
6:

1
where u(t) is a unit step function, when x (0)   
H
:3

(10 Marks)
H

0
-M
01
-M

*****
H
19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

H
23

-M
H
-M
H
-M

4 of 4
H
-M
H
M
17EC44

pm
USN

17
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Principles of Communication Systems

4:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:1

H
01
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. Describe time-domain analysis of amplitude modulation with relevant spectrum. (08 Marks)

H
01
b. Explain with neat circuit working of switching modulator with relevant signals. (07 Marks)

-M
c. Explain COSTAS RECEIVER with neat block diagram.
-2 (05 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
OR
12

-M
2 a. Describe coherent detection of DSB-SC signal waves with block diagram and spectra.
(08 Marks)
7-

b. Explain the Frequency Translation with block diagram and relevant spectra. (07 Marks)
H
-2

c. Explain Time-Domain approach in VSB transmission of analog and digital television.


-M
(05 Marks)
U

Module-2
VT

3
pm
a. Explain single tone-frequency modulation. Derive necessary FM equation. (08 Marks)
-M

b. Calculate the carrier swing, carrier frequency freq deviation and modulation index for an FM
wave, which reaches max freq of 99.047 MHz and minimum frequency of 99.023 MHz. The

H
04
H

frequency of modulating signal is 7 kHz. (08 Marks)


-M
c. Explain Direct Method of generating FM wave. Draw block diagram of Generating WBFM
-M

6:

wave with frequency stabilization. (04 Marks)


H
:3
H

OR
-M
01
-M

4 a. Explain FM demodulation using PLL. Develop non-linear model of PLL. (10 Marks)
b. Explain with block diagram FM Stereo Multiplexing. (10 Marks)
H
19
H

-M

Module-3
-M

5 a. Derive expression for overall noise figure when two-port network are in cascade.
0

(08 Marks)
H
-2

b. For the network connection shown in Fig.Q5(b), determine overall noise figure and also find
H

-M

equivalent noise temperature.


M

2
-1

H
27

-M
H
-M

Fig.Q5(b) (07 Marks)


c. Explain: (i) Thermal noise (ii) White noise (05 Marks)
H

OR
-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17EC44

pm
1
6 a. Explain noise equivalent bandwidth and show that effective bandwidth B   .
4RC

17
(06 Marks)
Te Te 3
b. Define equivalent noise temperature. Define Te  Te1  2   ...... (08 Marks)

4:
G G 1G 2
c. Mention properties of auto-correlation function. (06 Marks)

:1

H
01
Module-4

-M
Ka 2 Pm
7 a. Discuss noise in AM Receiver. Derive FOM  . (10 Marks)
1  Ka 2 Pm

H
01
2W 3
b. Explain the need of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis in FM. Derive I 

-M
w
-2 3 f 2 | H d e (f ) 2 | df
w

H
12
(10 Marks)

-M
7-

OR
8 a. Discuss threshold effect in FM. H (08 Marks)
-2

2
-M
3K P
f m
b. Derive expression for FOM in case of FM, FOM  . (12 Marks)
U

2
W
VT

Module-5
pm
-M

9 a. A continuous time signal X(t) has a bandwidth F3 = 10 kHz and it is sampled at Fs = 22 kHz
using 8bit/sample. The signal is properly scaled. So that |X(n)| < 128 for all n.

H
04
H

(i) Determine your best estimate of the variance of the quantization error  2e .
-M
-M

6:

(ii) We want to increase the sampling rate by 16 times. How many bits per samples you
would use in order to maintain the same level of quantization? (08 Marks)
H
:3

b. State and prove sampling theorem. (08 Marks)


H

-M

c. Mention advantages of digital communication. (04 Marks)


01
-M

OR
H
19
H

10 a. Explain TDM with neat block diagram. (10 Marks)


-M
-M

b. Find the Nyquist rate and Nyquist interval for:


0

1
i) m1 (t )  cos(4000t ) cos(1000t )
H
-2

2
H

-M

sin 500t
M

ii) m 2 (t )  (10 Marks)


t
-1

H
27

-M

*****
H
-M
H
-M
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
17EC46

pm
USN

Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

17
Microprocessors

8:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Define Microprocessor. Describe the architecture of 8086 with neat block diagram.

0
(10 Marks)
b. Explain flag register of 8086 with its format.

H
(08 Marks)

02
c. Explain the formation of opcode for MOV AX, BX. Opcode for MOV instruction is

-M
“100010”. -2 (02 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
OR
01

-M
2 a. Explain the following addressing modes of 8086:
(i) Register Addressing mode (ii) Based Indexed mode.
4-

(iii) Immediate mode (iv) Direct addressing mode (08 Marks)


H
-0

b. Write 8086 program to find the smallest number out of N 16 bit unsigned numbers stored in
-M
a memory block starting with the address 2000H. Store the result at word location 3000H.
U

(08 Marks)
VT

c. Explain the significance of following pins of 8086:


H

(i) ALE (ii) RESET (iii) TEST


pm (iv) M/ IO (04 Marks)
-M

Module-2

H
19
H

3 a. Explain the following instruction with examples: -M


-M

(i) LEA (ii) IDIV (iii) XLAT (iv) TEST (08 Marks)
4:

b. Write a complete assembly language program in 8086 which determines all the occurrences
H
:3

of a character in a given string. (08 Marks)


H

-M

c. What are assembler directives? Explain any three. (04 Marks)


01
-M

OR
H

4 a. List and explain the string manipulation instructions. Also give its advantages. (10 Marks)
20
H

-M

b. Write an ALP to copy a 100 byte block of data from LOC1 to LOC2 using the MOVS
-M

instructions. (06 Marks)


0

c. Write an ALP to find whether the given number is 2 out of 5 code. (04 Marks)
H
-2
H

-M

Module-3
M

5 a. Explain the stack structure of 8086 and the operations of PUSH and POP instructions with
-0

examples. (08 Marks)


H

b. Differentiate between procedure and macro. (06 Marks)


04

-M

c. Write an ALP to change a sequence of sixteen 2 byte numbers from ascending to descending
order. Store the new series at different address. Use LIFO property of the stack. (06 Marks)
H

OR
-M

6 a. Explain the type of interrupts and the action taken by the 8086 when an interrupt occurs in
detail. (06 Marks)
H

b. Explain the interrupt acknowledgement cycle of 8086 with the neat timing diagram.
-M

(06 Marks)
c. Write a program to generate a delay of 100ms using an 8086 system that runs on 10 MHz
frequency. Show the calculations. (08 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
17EC46

pm
Module-4

17
7 a. Sketch the minimum mode configuration of 8086 and explain the operation briefly.
(08 Marks)

8:
b. Interface two 4k×8 EPROM and two 4k×8 static RAM chips of 8086. The addresses of
RAM and ROM should start from FC000H and FE000H respectively. (08 Marks)

:1
c. Draw the timing diagram for RQ / GT for maximum mode. (04 Marks)

H
01

-M
OR

0
8 a. Write the control word format of 8255 PIA. (06 Marks)

H
b. Show an interface of keyboard of 8086 and explain with a flowchart.

02
(10 Marks)

-M
c. How is key Debounce achieved through hardware? (04 Marks)
-2
Module-5

H
01
9 a. Explain the internal architecture of 8087. (06 Marks)

-M
b. Write a program to read analog input connected to the last channel of ADC0808 interfaced
4-

to 8086 using 8255 and digital value to be stored at location 3000h. (06 Marks)
c. Explain the following INT 21K DOS function calls:
H
-0

(i) Function 01H (ii) Function 02H (iii) Function 09H (iv) Function OAH (08 Marks)
-M
U

OR
VT

10 a. Write an ALP to rotate a stepper motor by 100 steps in clockwise direction for a 1.8 degree
pm
-M

connected to 8255 port. Show details of calculations. Motor is rotating at 12 rpm and
processor speed is 10 MHz. (08 Marks)

H
19

b. Explain Von-Neumann and Harvard CPU architecture and USC and RISC CPU architecture.
H

-M (08 Marks)
-M

c. Write a program to generate triangular wave using DAC 0800.


4:

(04 Marks)
H
:3

*****
H

-M
01
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
04

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17MATDIP41

pm
USN

Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

15
Additional Mathematics – II

8:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Find the rank of the matrix:

0
2 3 5 4 

H
02
A  0 2 3 4  by elementary row transformations. (08 Marks)

-M
4 8 13 12 -2
b. Solve by Gauss elimination method
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
2x + y + 4z = 12

-M
4x + 11y – z = 33
8-

8x – 3y + 2z = 20 (06 Marks)
H  8 6 2 
-0

c. Find all the eigen values for the matrix A =   6 7  4


-M
(06 Marks)
U

 2  4 3 
VT

OR
pm
-M

2 a. Reduce the matrix

H
21

1 2 3 2
H

 2 3 5 1 into its echelon form and hence find its rank.-M (06 Marks)
-M

 
3:

1 3 4 5
H
:3

b. Applying Gauss elimination method, solve the system of equations


H

-M

2x + 5y + 7z = 52
01
-M

2x + y – z = 0
x+y+z=9 (06 Marks)
H
20
H

 7 2 0 
-M
-M

c. Find all the eigen values for the matrix A   2 6  2 (08 Marks)
0

 0  2 5 
H
-2
H

-M
M

Module-2
4 3 2
-0

d y 2d y d y
3 a. Solve   0 (06 Marks)
H

dx 4 dx 3 dx 2
08

-M

d 2 y 6dy
b. Solve 2
  9 y  5e  2 x (06 Marks)
dx dx
H

2
d y
c. Solve  y  sec x by the method of variation of parameters.
-M

(08 Marks)
dx 2
OR
H

3
dy
-M

4 a. Solve y0 (06 Marks)


dx 3
2
b. Solve y + 3y + 2y = 12x (06 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
17MATDIP41
c. Solve by the method of undetermined coefficients :

pm
y – 4y + 4y = ex (08 Marks)

Module-3

15
5 a. Find the Laplace transforms of sin5t cos2t (06 Marks)
b. Find the Laplace transforms of (3t + 4)3 (06 Marks)

8:
sin 2 t 0  t  
c. Express f ( t )   ,

:1
 0 t

H
01
in terms of unit step function and hence find L[f(t)]. (08 Marks)

-M
OR

0
2
sin t

H
02
6 a. Find the Laplace transforms of (06 Marks)
t

-M
t
b. Find the Laplace transform of 2 + t sin t
-2 (06 Marks)
c. If f(t) = t2 , 0 < t < 2 and f(t + 2) = f(t) , for t > 2, find L[f(t)]. (08 Marks)

H
01

-M
Module-4
8-

7 a. Find the Laplace Inverse of


1
H
-0

(08 Marks)
(s  1)(s  1)(s  2)
-M
U

3s  7
b. Find the inverse Laplace transform of 2
. (06 Marks)
VT

s  2s  3
H

c. Solve y + 2y – 3y = sin t, y(0) = 0,


pm
y(0) = 0. (06 Marks)
-M

OR

H
21
H

8 a. Find the inverse Laplace transform of -M


-M

sa 
3:

log  (06 Marks)


s  b
H
:3
H

4s  1
-M

b. Find the inverse Laplace transform of (06 Marks)


01
-M

s 2  25
t
c. Find the inverse Laplace of y – 5y + 6y = e with y(0) = y(0) = 0. (08 Marks)
H
20
H

-M

Module-5
-M

9 a. State and prove Addition theorem on probability. (05 Marks)


0

b. A student A can solve 75% of the problems given in the book and a student B can solve
H
-2
H

70%. What is the probability that A or B can solve a problem chosen at random. (06 Marks)
-M
M

c. Three machines A, B, C produce 50%, 30% and 20% of the items in a factory. The
1

percentage of defective outputs of these machines are 3, 4 and 5 respectively. If an item is


-0

selected at random, what is the probability that it is defective? If a selected item is defective,
08

-M

what is the probability that it is from machine A? (09 Marks)

OR
H

10 a. Find the probability that the birth days of 5 persons chosen at random will fall in 12 different
-M

calendar months. (05 Marks)


b. A box A contains 2 white balls and 4 black balls. Another box B contains 5 white balls and
7 black balls. A ball is transferred from box A to box B. Then a ball is drawn from box B.
H

Find the probability that it is white. (06 Marks)


-M

c. State and prove Baye’s theorem. (09 Marks)


*****
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
MATDIP401

pm
USN

16
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Advanced Mathematics - II

8:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks:100

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions.
a. If l1 , m1 , n 1  and l 2 , m 2 , n 2  be the direction cosines of two lines subtending an angle θ

H
01
1

-M
between them then prove that cos   l1l 2  m1m 2  n 1n 2 . (06 Marks)
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

b. Find the angle between two lines whose direction cosines satisfy the relations l  m  n  0

0
and 2 lm  2nl  mn  0

H
(07 Marks)

02
c. Find the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from A(1, 1, 1) to the line joining

-M
B(1, 4, 6) and C(5, 4, 4) . -2 (07 Marks)

H
01
2 a. Find the equation of the plane which bisects the line joining (3, 0, 5) and (1, 2,  1 ) at right
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

-M
angles. (06 Marks)
8-

b. Show that the points (2, 2, 0), (4, 5, 1), (3, 9, 4) and (0,  1 ,  1 ) are coplanar. Find the
equation of the plane containing them. (07 Marks)
H
-0

c. Find the shortest distance and the equations of the line of shortest distance between the lines:
-M
x6 y7 z4 x y9 z2
U

  and   . (07 Marks)


3 1 1 3 2 4
VT

pm  
a. Show that the position vectors of the vertices of a triangle a  4î  5 ĵ  6k̂ , b  5î  6 ĵ  4k̂
-M

3

and c  6î  4ˆj  5k̂ form an isosceles triangle. (06 Marks)

H
29
H

b. Prove that the points with position vectors 4î  5ˆj  k̂ , ĵ  k̂ , 3î  9ˆj  4k̂ and  î  5 ĵ  4k̂
-M
-M

3:

are coplanar. (07 Marks)


2 2
c. A particle moves along the curve x  2 t , y = t  4 t and z  3t  5 where t is the time t.
H
:3
H

Find the components of velocity and acceleration in the direction of the vector î  3ˆj  2k̂ at
-M
01
-M

t = 1. (07 Marks)
H

4 a. Find the angle between the surfaces x 2  y 2  z 2  9 , x 2  y 2  z 2  3 at 2,1, 2 . (06 Marks)


20
H

-M

b. Find the directional derivatives of the function   x 2 yz  4xz 2 at (1,2,1) along 2î  ˆj  2k̂
-M

(07 Marks)
H

  
-2

c. Find div F and curl F at the point (1,1, 1) where F   xy 3z 2 .  


H

(07 Marks)
-M
M

 
5 a. If r  xî  yˆj  zk̂ and r  r then prove that,
-0

H
08

-M


 
(i)  
 r n  nr n 2 r (ii) . r n . r   n  3r n (06 Marks)
 

H

     
b. Show that F  2xy  yz î  2x y  xz  2 yz ˆj  2 y z  xy k̂ is irrotational and hence
2 2 2 2
-M


find a scalar function ϕ such that F   . (07 Marks)

   
H

c. Find the value of the constant ‘a’ such that A  y ax 2  z î  x y 2  z 2 ĵ  2 xyz  xy  k̂ is


-M


Solenoidal. For this value of ‘a’ show that curl A is also solenoidal. (07 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
MATDIP401

pm
6 a. Find the Laplace transform of, (i) sin 5t cos 2t (ii) 3t  2 
2
(06 Marks)
cos at  cos bt
b. Find the Laplace transform of . (07 Marks)

16
t
c. Find the Laplace transform of t 2 sin at . (07 Marks)

8:
s5

:1
7 a. Find the inverse Laplace transform of 2
. (06 Marks)
s  6s  13

H
01
 s  a 
b. Find L1 log

-M
 . (07 Marks)
  s  b 

0
 

H
s

02
1 
c. Find L  2 . (07 Marks)

-M

 s  a 2 
2

-2
1

H
8 a. Using convolution theorem find the Laplace transform of .
01
(10 Marks)

s s  a2
2

-M
2x
b. Solve the differential equation, y  5y  6 y  5e under the condition y(0) = 2, y(0)  1
8-

using Laplace transform. (10 Marks)


H
-0

-M
*****
U
VT

pm
-M

H
29
H

-M
-M

3:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
08

-M
H
-M
H
-M
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
am
USN 17EC/TE/EI/BM/ML/ES51

49
Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Management and Entrepreneurship Development

9:
:0
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

H
09
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
9
Module-1

H
01
1 a. Define Management. Differentiate between Administration and Management. (10 Marks)

-M
b. Briefly explain, whether Management in a Science or Art. (10 Marks)
-2
OR
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
2 a. Explain the importance of Planning. (10 Marks)

-M
b. Explain the hierarchy of Plans. (10 Marks)
7-

H
Module-2
-1

3 a. Briefly explain the principles of Organisation. (10 Marks)


-M
U

b. Briefly explain the techniques of selection. (10 Marks)


VT

OR am
-M

4 a. Briefly explain the Maslow’s hierarchy of needs. (10 Marks)


b. Differentiate between Autocratic , Participative and Free – Rein leadership style. (10 Marks)
51

H
H

Module-3 -M
-M

4:

5 a. What is the meaning of social responsibility of business? Explain social responsibility of


business towards different group. (10 Marks)
H
:1
H

b. Define the term “Entrepreneur”. Explain the functions of an Entrepreneur. (10 Marks)
-M
09
-M

OR
H

6 a. Explain the various barriers of Entrepreneurship. (10 Marks)


19
H

-M

b. Explain development cycle of Entrepreneur. (10 Marks)


-M

20

Module-4
H

7 a. Define “Small Scale Industry” and state the characteristics of a SSI. (10 Marks)
H

-M
2-

b. Explain the functions of WTO. (10 Marks)


M

-1

OR
H
17

8 a. Explain the objectives of KSFC. (10 Marks)


-M

b. Explain the objectives of TECSOK. (10 Marks)


H

Module-5
-M

9 a. Define Project. State and explain the classification of Projects. (10 Marks)
b. Explain the criteria’s for selecting a Project. (10 Marks)
H

OR
-M

10 a. Explain importance of Network Analysis. (10 Marks)


b. Explain briefly advantages and disadvantages of PERT and CPM. (10 Marks)
H

*****
-M
H
M
am
USN 17EC52

14
Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

5:
Digital Signal Processing

:4
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1

-M
1 -2
a. Show that finite duration sequence of length L can be reconstructed from the equidistant N
samples of its Fourier transform, where N  L. (06 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
b. Compute the 6 – point DFT of the sequence x(n) = {1, 0, 3, 2, 3, 0}. (08 Marks)

-M
c. Find the N-point DFT of the sequence x(n) = an, 0  n  N – 1. (06 Marks)
8-

H OR
-2

-M
2 a. Determine the 6-point sequence x(n) having the DFT
U

X(K) = {12, –3  j 3 , 0, 0, 0, –3  j 3 }. (08 Marks)


VT

b. Derive the equation to express z – transform of a finite duration sequence in terms of its
H

N-point DFT.
am (06 Marks)
-M

c. Compute the circular convolution of the sequences x1(n) = {1, 2, 2, 1} and


x2(n) = {–1, –2, –2, –1}.
46

H
(06 Marks)
H

-M
-M

Module-2
2:

3 a. State and prove the modulation property (multiplication in time-domain) of DFT. (06 Marks)
H
:0
H

b. The even samples of an eleven-point DFT of a real sequence are : X(0) = 8, X(2) = –2 + j3,
-M
09
-M

X(4) = 3 –j5, X(6) = 4 + j7, X(8) = –5 – j9 and X(10) = 3 – j2. Determine the odd samples
of the DFT. (06 Marks)
H

c. An LTI system has impulse response h(n) = {2, 1, –1}. Determine the output of the system
19
H

-M

for the input x(n) = {1, 2, 3, 3, 2, 1} using circular convolution method. (08 Marks)
-M

20

OR
H
H

4 a. State and prove circular time reversal property of DFT. (06 Marks)
-M
2-
M

b. Determine the number of real multiplications, real additions, and trigonometric functions
-1

required to compute the 8-point DFT using direct method. (04 Marks)
H

c. Find the output y(n) of a filter whose impulse response is h(n) = {1, 2, 1}, and the input is
28

-M

x(n) = {3, –1, 0, 1, 3, 2, 0, 1, 2, 1} using overlap – add method, taking N = 6. (10 Marks)

Module-3
H
-M

5 a. Compute the 8-pont DFT of the sequence x(n) = cos(n/4), 0  n  7, using DIT–FFT
algorithm. (10 Marks)
b. Given x(n) = {1, 2, 3, 4}, compute the DFT sample X(3) using Goestzel algorithm.
H

(06 Marks)
-M

c. Determine the number of complex multiplications and complex additions required to


compute 64-point DFT using radix.2 FFT algorithm. (04 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
17EC52
OR

am
6 a. Determine the sequence x(n) corresponding to the 8-point DFT
X(K) = {4, 1–j2.414, 0, 1–j0.414, 0, 1+j0.414, 0, 1+j2.414} using DIF-FFT algorithm.
(10 Marks)

14
b. Draw the signal flow graph to compute the 16-point DFT using DIT-FFT algorithm.
(04 Marks)

5:
c. Write a short note on Chirp–z transform. (06 Marks)

:4
Module-4

H
08
7 a. Draw the direct form I and direct form II structures for the system given by :

-M
z 1  3z 2
H( z)  . (08 Marks)

9
1  4z 1  2z 2  0.5z 3

H
01
b. Design a digital Butterworth filter using impulse–invariance method to meet the following

-M
specifications :
0.8  | H() |  1, -2
0    0.2
| H() |  0.2, 0.6    

H
12

-M
Assume T = 1. (12 Marks)
8-

OR
H
-2

8 a. Draw the cascade structure for the system given by :


-M
(z  1)(z  3)(z 2  5z  6)
U

H( z)  2 . (08 Marks)
(z  6z  5)(z 2  6z  8)
VT

b. Design a type–1 Chebyshev analog filter to meet the following specifications :


am
-M

 1 | H() | dB  0, 0    1404 rad/sec


(12 Marks)
| H() | dB  60,   8268rad/sec
46

H
H

Module-5
-M
-M

2:

9 a. Realize the linear phase digital filter given by :


H
:0

1 1 2 1 1
H

H(z)  1  z 1  z 2  z 3  z 4  z 5  z 6
-M

(06 Marks)
09
-M

2 3 5 3 2
b. List the advantages and disadvantages of FIR filter compared with IIR filter. (04 Marks)
H

c. Determine the values of h(n) of a detail low pass filter having cutoff frequency C = /2 and
19
H

-M

length M = 11. Use rectangular window. (10 Marks)


-M

20

OR
H

2 3 1
H

10 a. An FIR filter is given by : y(n )  x (n )  x (n  1)  x (n  2)  x (n  3) . Draw the Lattice


-M
2-

5 4 3
M

structure. (06 Marks)


-1

b. Determine the values of filter coefficients h(n) of a high–pass filter having frequency
H
28

response :
-M


H d (e j )  1, |  | 
4
H


-M

 0, |  |
4
Choose M = 11 and use Hanning windows. (10 Marks)
H
-M

c. Write the time domain equations, widths of main lobe and maximum stop band attenuation
of Bartlett window and Hanning window. (04 Marks)
*****
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
am
USN 17EC53

34
Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

5:
Verilog HDL

:5

H
08
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Note: Answer FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1

-M
1 a. Explain typical design flow for designing VLSI IC circuit using the flow chart.
-2 (08 Marks)
b. Write the verilog code for 4-bit ripple carry counter. (07 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
c. What are the advantages of HDLs compared to traditional schematic based design?(05 Marks)

-M
4-

OR
2 a. Explain top-down design methodology with example. (08 Marks)
H
-2

b. What are the two styles of stimulus application? Explain each method in brief. (07 Marks)
-M
c. Mention the features of verilog HDL. (05 Marks)
U
VT

Module-2 am
-M

3 a. Explain the following verilog data types with an examples,


(i) Nets
06

H
(ii) Registers
H

(iii) Integers -M
-M

6:

(iv) Parameters
(v) Arrays (10 Marks)
H
:0

b. Write the verilog description of SR-latch. Also write stimulus code. (06 Marks)
H

-M

c. How to write comments in verilog HDL, explain with examples. (04 Marks)
09
-M

OR
H
19
H

4 a. With neat block diagram, explain the components of verilog module. (08 Marks)
-M
-M

b. Explain $display, $monitor, $finish and $stop system tasks with examples. (08 Marks)
20

c. Declare the following variables in verilog:


H

(i) An 8-bit vector net called a_in.


H

-M
2-

(ii) An integer called count.


M

(iii) A memory MEM containing 256 words of 64 bits each.


-1

(iv) A parameter cache_size equal to 512. (04 Marks)


H
24

-M

Module-3
5 a. Write a verilog data flow description for 4-bit full adder with carry lookahead logic.
(08 Marks)
H

b. What are rise, fall and turn-off delays? How they are specified in verilog? (06 Marks)
-M

c. What would be the output of the following a = 4´b0111, b  4b1001



(i) &b (ii) a<<<2 (iii) {a, b} (iv) {2{b}} (v) a b
H

(vi) a | b (06 Marks)


-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17EC53

am
OR
6 a. Write the verilog code for 4-to-1 multiplexer using,

34
(i) Conditional operator (ii) Logic equation. (06 Marks)
b. Discuss And, Or and Not gates with respect to logic symbols, gate instantiation and truth

5:
tables. (08 Marks)

:5
c. Explain assignment delay, implicit assignment delay and net declaration delay for
continuous assignment statements. (06 Marks)

H
08

-M
Module-4

9
7 a. Explain the blocking assignment statements and non blocking assignment statements with

H
relevant examples.

01
(08 Marks)
b. Write a verilog behavioural description of 8 : 1 multiplexer using case statement. (06 Marks)

-M
c. Explain Event based timing control with example.
-2 (06 Marks)

H
12

-M
OR
4-

8 a. Discuss sequential and parallel blocks with examples. (08 Marks)


b. Write the verilog behavioural description of 4-bit binary counter. (06 Marks)
H
-2

c. Illustrate the use of while loop and repeat loop with suitable examples. (06 Marks)
-M
U

Module-5
VT

9 a. Explain synthesis process with neat block diagram.am (08 Marks)


-M

b. Write the structural description of 4-bit equality comparator. (06 Marks)


c. Explain the following with general syntax and examples (i) Entity (ii) Architecture.
06

H
(06 Marks)
H

-M
-M

6:

OR
10 a. Discuss the capabilities of VHDL. (06 Marks)
H
:0

b. Write the VHDL code for two 4-bit comparator using data flow description and when-else
H

-M

statement. (08 Marks)


09
-M

c. Explain the declaration of constants, variables and signals in VHDL with examples.
(06 Marks)
H
19
H

-M

*****
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
24

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17EC54

am
USN

Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

58
Information Theory and Coding

7:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:4
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1
1 a. Suppose you are planning a trip to Miami, Florida from Minneapolis in the winter time. You

9
are receiving the following information from Miami Weather bureau:

H
01
(i) Mild and Sunny day (ii) Cold day (iii) Possible snow flurries

-M
Explain the amount of information content in each statement. (06 Marks)
-2
b. The output of an information source consists of 128 symbols, 16 of which occurs with
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

1 1

H
12
probability of and the remaining 112 occurs with probability of . The source emits

-M
32 224
1000 symbols/sec. Assuming that the symbols are chosen independently. Find the Average
0-

Information Rate of this source. (06 Marks)


H
-3

c. The state diagram of a stationary Mark off Source is shown in Fig.Q1(c):


-M
(i) Find the entropy of each state
U

(ii) Find the entropy of the source


VT

(iii) Find G1 and G2 and verify that G1  G2  H.


H

1
am
-M

Assume P(1) = P(2) = P(3) =


3
37

H
H

-M
-M

2:

H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M

Fig.Q1(c) (08 Marks)


-M

20

OR
H
H

2 a. What is self information? Mentions its various measuring units and also mentions the
-M
2-
M

reasons for choosing logarithmic function. (06 Marks)


-1

b. A binary source is emitting an independent sequence of 0’s 1’s with probabilities of P and
H

1 – P respectively. Plot the entropy of this source versus probability. (06 Marks)
30

-M

c. For the first order Markov statistical model as shown in Fig.Q2(c).


(i) Find the probability of each state (ii) Find H(s) and H(s-2)
H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q2(c) where A, B, and C are the states.


H

(08 Marks)
1 of 3
-M
H
M
17EC54
Module-2
3 a. Identify whether the codes shown in Table.Q3(a) are instantaneous. Justify your answer.

am
Symbols Code A Code B Code C
S1 00 1 0
S2 01 01 100

58
S3 10 001 101
S4 11 00 111

7:
Table.Q3(a) (06 Marks)

:4
b. Consider a Discrete Memory Source (DMS) with S = {X, Y, Z} with P = {0.6, 0.2, 0.2}.
Find the code word for the message “YXZXY” using Arithmetic code. (06 Marks)

H
08
c. An information source produces a sequence of independent symbols having the following

-M
probabilities. More composite symbol as slow as possible.
Symbol A B C D E F G

9
Probabilities1 1 1 1 1 1 1

H
01

-M
3 27 3 9 9 27 27
Construct Binary Huffman encoding and find its efficiency.
-2 (08 Marks)

H
OR
12

-M
4 a. Write the Shannon’s Encoding Algorithms. (06 Marks)
b. Consider the following source with probabilities:
0-

S = {A, B, C, D, E, F} P = {0.4, 0.2, 0.2, 0.1, 0.08, 0.02}


H
-3

Find the code words using Shannon-Fano algorithm and also find its efficiency. (06 Marks)
-M
c. Consider the following discrete memoryless source:
U

S = {S0, S1, S2, S3, S4} P = {0.55, 0.15, 0.15, 0.1, 0.05}
VT

Compute Huffman code by placing composite symbol as high as possible. Also find average
H

code word length and variance of the code word.


am (08 Marks)
-M

Module-3
37

H
5 a. What is Joint Probability Matrix? How it is obtained from Channel Matrix and also mention
H

properties of JPM.
-M (06 Marks)
-M

2:

b. For the communication channel shown in Fig.Q5(b), determine Mutual Information and
Information Rate if r s = 1000 symbols/sec. Assume P(X1) = 0.6 and P(X2) = 0.4.
H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M

Fig.Q5(b)
-M

20

(06 Marks)
c. Discuss the Binary Erasure Channel and also prove that the capacity a Binary Erasure
H
H

Channel is C  P  rS bits/sec.
-M
2-

(08 Marks)
M

OR
-1

6 a. What is Mutual Information? Mention its properties.


H

(06 Marks)
30

b. The noise characteristics of a channel shown in Fig.Q6(b). Find the capacity of a channel if
-M

rs = 2000 symbols/sec using Muroga’s method.


H
-M

Fig.Q6(b)
H
-M

(06 Marks)
c. State and prove the Shannon-Hartley Law. (08 Marks)
H

2 of 3
-M
H
M
17EC54
Module-4
7 a. What are the advantages and disadvantages of Error Control Coding? Discuss the methods

am
of controlling Errors. (06 Marks)
b. The parity check bits of a (7, 4) Hamming code are generated by
C 5  d1  d 3  d 4

58
C 6  d1  d 2  d 3

7:
C7  d 2  d 3  d 4
where d1, d2, d3 and d4 are the message bits.

:4
(i) Find G and H for this code.

H
08
(ii) Prove that GHT = 0. (06 Marks)

-M
c. Design a syndrome calculating circuit for a (7, 4) cyclic code with g(X )  1  X  X 3 and

9
also calculate the syndrome of the received vector R = 1110101. (08 Marks)

H
01
OR

-M
8 a. For a systematic (6, 3) linear block code, the Parity Matrix P is given by
-2
1 0 1 

H
12
[P]  0 1 1 

-M
1 1 0
0-

(i) Find all possible code words.


H
-3

(ii) Find error detecting and correcting capability. (06 Marks)


-M
3
b. A (7, 4) cyclic code has the generator polynomial g(X )  1  X  X . Find the code vector
U

both in systematic and non-systematic form for the message bits (1101). (06 Marks)
VT

c. Draw the Encoder circuit of a cyclic code using (n – K) bit shift Registers and explain it.
am
-M

(08 Marks)
37

H
Module-5
H

9 a. Consider (3, 1, 2) Convolution Encoder with g(1) = 110, g(2) = 101 and g(3) = 111.
-M
-M

2:

(i) Draw the encoder diagram.


(ii) Find the code word for the message sequence (11101) using generator Matrix and
H
:0

Transform domain approach.


H

(16 Marks)
-M
09

b. Discuss the BCH codes.


-M

(04 Marks)
H

OR
19
H

10 a. Consider the convolution encoder shown in Fig.Q10(a).


-M
-M

(i) Write the impulse response and its polynomial.


20

(ii) Find the output corresponding to input message (10111) using time and transform
H

domain approach.
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
30

-M
H

Fig.Q10(a)
-M

(16 Marks)
b. Write a note on Golay codes. (04 Marks)
H

*****
-M

3 of 3
H
-M
H
M
17EC553

am
USN

48
Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Operating System

8:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100

:4

H
08
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
0
Module-1

H
02
1 a. Define operating system. Explain the key concern and of an operating system. (07 Marks)

-M
b. Explain the various resource allocation and resource sharing strategies.
-2 (08 Marks)
c. What are the common tasks performed by an operating system? (05 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01

-M
OR
2 a. Explain briefly, the different classes of operating system with primary concern and key
2-

concepts. (10 Marks)


H
-0

b. With a neat diagram explain the turnaround time in batch processing system. (06 Marks)
-M
c. Discuss various computations in an operating system. (04 Marks)
U
VT

Module-2
H

3
am
a. Define process, process states and with a state transition diagram explain the state transition
-M

for a process. (10 Marks)


b. Discuss the different fields of the process control block (PCB).
06

H
(06 Marks)
H

c. What are the differences between threads and processes? -M (04 Marks)
-M

2:

OR
H
:0

4 a. For a given set of processes perform FCFS and SRN scheduling and compare their
H

-M

performance interms of mean turnaround time and weighted turn around. (10 Marks)
09
-M

Process P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
H

Arrival time 0 2 3 5 9
20
H

-M

Service time 3 3 2 5 3
-M

20

b. With a neat sketch, explain long, medium and short term schedulers. (06 Marks)
H

c. Compare non-preemptive and preemptive scheduling concepts. (04 Marks)


H

-M
1-
M

Module-3
-0

5 a. Define the following terms with necessary sketches :


H

i) Internal and external fragmentation


02

-M

ii) Paging and segmentation


iii) Logical address and physical address.
iv) Page and page frame.
H

(12 Marks)
b. With a neat diagram explain the working of address translation in non-contiguous memory
-M

allocation. (08 Marks)


H

OR
-M

6 a. With a neat sketch, explain demand paging preliminaries. (12 Marks)


b. Consider the page reference string 0, 1, 2, 1, 3, 0, 4, 1, 2, 1, 3, 7, 4, 5, 7. Calculate the page
faults. Using FIFO and LRU page replacement policies with a frame size 3. (08 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
17EC553

am
Module-4

48
7 a. Explain file system and IOCS with necessary sketches. (08 Marks)
b. Explain any three allocation methods of disk space for files and mention advantages and

8:
disadvantages of each. (12 Marks)

:4
OR

H
08
8 a. What is a directory? Discuss typical directory entry fields and explain different directory

-M
structures. (12 Marks)
b. Discuss the working of file system action at file close. (08 Marks)

H
02
Module-5

-M
9 a. Write a note on : -2
i) Issues in message passing

H
01
ii) Direct and indirect naming in message passing

-M
iii) Blocking and non-blocking sends in message passing. (12 Marks)
b. Explain mailboxes, give the advantages of mail boxes.
2-

(08 Marks)

H
-0

OR
-M
10 a. With necessary sketches, explain the different deadlock prevention approaches. (10 Marks)
U

b. Using deadlock detection algorithm for the following example of system check, whether the
VT

deadlock exist in the system or not.


H

am
-M

(10 Marks)
R1 R2 R3 R1 R2 R3 R1 R2 R3
06

H
H

P1 2 1 0 P1 2 1 3 -M 0 0 1
-M

P2 1 3 1 P2 1 4 0 Free Resources
2:

P3 1 1 1 P3 0 0 0
H
:0

P4 1 2 2 P4 1 0 2
H

-M

Allocated Resources Requested Resources


09
-M

H
20
H

R1 R2 R3
-M
-M

5 7 5
20

Total resources
H
H

-M
1-
M

-0

H
02

-M

*****
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
17EC562

am
USN

24
Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Object Oriented Programming Using C++

3:
:5
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

0
1 a. Explain the application of C++. (04 Marks)

H
b. What is dynamic memory management? Explain. ‘new’ and ‘delete’ operator with an

02
example program.

-M
(08 Marks)
c. Differentiate between structures and unions.
-2 (08 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
OR

-M
2 a. Write a C++ program to check whether the given number is prime or not. (07 Marks)
6-

b. Explain reference variables with a suitable example. (04 Marks)


c. Explain the control structures – for, while and do-while with their syntax. (09 Marks)
H
-0

-M
Module-2
U

3 a. Explain call by reference argument passing mechanism with an example program to swap
VT

two numbers. am (08 Marks)


-M

b. Write a short note about inline fucntions. (04 Marks)


c. Define classes and objects. Explain about public and private members of a class with an
11

H
example. (08 Marks)
H

-M
-M

4:

OR
4 a. Write a program to create a class STUDENT consisting of name, usn and marks as class
H
:0

data variables. Create three objects for the class using the concept array of objects. Write
H

-M
09

member functions to read and display the student information. Also write the main program
-M

to create objects and call the member functions from the class. (10 Marks)
b. Explain how an object can be used as a function argument with the help of an example
H
20
H

program to perform the addition of two time objects in hour and minute format, display the
-M
-M

result in hour : minute format. (10 Marks)


20

Module-3
H

-M
1-

5 a. Explain parameterized constructor and copy constructor with example programs. (08 Marks)
M

b. Define destructor with its features and syntax. (06 Marks)


-0

c. Explain dynamic constructor with an example. (06 Marks)


H
06

-M

OR
6 a. Discuss about operator overloading in C++. Write a program in C++ to overload unary
H

minus operator. (10 Marks)


-M

b. Write a program to add two complex numbers by overloading binary (+) operator and
explain the implementation of overloading ‘+’ operator. (10 Marks)
H

Module-4
-M

7 a. Explain inheritance in C++ with its advantages. (04 Marks)


b. Explain multiple inheritances with an example program. (10 Marks)
c. Write short notes about inheritance visibility mode. (06 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
am
17EC562

24
3:
OR
8 a. Explain ‘this’ pointer in C++ with an example. (08 Marks)

:5
b. Explain virtual function with an example program. (12 Marks)

H
08

-M
Module-5
9 a. Explain C++ stream classes used fro input and output operations with the console unit.

0
(10 Marks)

H
02
b. Explain formatted I/O operation functions used in C++ with syntax and example. (10 Marks)

-M
-2 OR
10 a. Discuss about the classes for file stream operation and explain how file opening and closing

H
01
is done in C++. (12 Marks)

-M
b. Write a C++ program to open a file using open( ) function. Write some text into the file and
6-

read all lines in the file. (08 Marks)


H
-0

-M
U

*****
VT

am
-M

11

H
H

-M
-M

4:

H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
1-
M

-0

H
06

-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
-M
H
M
15MATDIP31

pm
USN

12
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Additional Mathematics – I

0:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:1

H
01
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

0
1 a. Find modulus and amplitude of 1  cos   i sin  . (05 Marks)

H
02
3  4i

-M
b. Express in a  ib form. (05 Marks)
3  4i -2
c. Find the value of ‘’ so that the points A(1, 4, 3), B(3, 2, 5), C(3, 8, 5) and D(3, , 1),
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
may lie on one plane. (06 Marks)

-M
9-

OR
 

H     
-0

2 a. Find the angle between the vectors a  5 i  j k and b  2 i  3 j 6 k . (05 Marks)


-M
2
       
U


b. Prove that  a  b , b  c , c  a    a b c  . (05 Marks)
   
VT

1
pm
-M

c. Find the real part of . (06 Marks)


1  cos   i sin 

H
37
H

Module-2 -M
-M

3 a. Obtain the nth derivative of sin( ax  b) . (05 Marks)


1:

b. Find the pedal equation of r n  a n cos n . (05 Marks)


H
:3
H

yz zx xy  (u, v, w )
-M

c. If u  , v , w , show that 4. (06 Marks)


01
-M

x y z  ( x, y, z )
H

OR
20
H

-M

4 4
x y  u u
-M

4 a. If u  log   show that x  y 3. (05 Marks)


0

 xy  x y
H
-2

u u u
H

-M

b. If u = f(x – y, y – z, z – x), show that    0. (05 Marks)


M

x y z
-0

c. If y  a cos(log x )  b sin(log x ) , show that x 2 y n  2  (2n  1) xy n 1  (n 2  1) y n  0 (06 Marks)


H
09

-M

Module-3

5 a. Evaluate  x sin 8 xdx . (05 Marks)


H

0
-M

1
2 2 3/ 2
b. Evaluate  x (1  x ) dx . (05 Marks)
H

0
c b a
-M

2
c. Evaluate    (x  y 2  z 2 )dzdydx . (06 Marks)
c  b a
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15MATDIP31

pm
OR
1 x

6 a. Evaluate   xydydx . (05 Marks)

12
0 x
1 1 1

0:
b. Evaluate    ( x  y  z)dxdydz . (05 Marks)

:1
0 0 0

x4

H
c. Evaluate 0 (1  x 2 ) 4 dx .

01
(06 Marks)

-M
0
Module-4

H
02
   
7 a. If r  (t 2  1) i  (4 t  3) j (2 t 2  6 t ) k , find the angle between the tangents at t = 1 and t = 2.

-M
-2 (05 Marks)
   
b. If r  e  t i  2 cos 3t j 2 sin 3t k , find the velocity and acceleration at any time t, and also

H
01

their magnitudes at t = 0.

-M
(05 Marks)
   
9-

c. Show that F  ( y  z ) i  (z  x ) j ( x  y) k is irrotational. Also find a scalar function ‘’



H
-0

such that F   . (06 Marks)


-M
U

OR
VT

8 a. Find the unit normal vector to the surface x 2 y  2 xz  4 at (2, 2, 3).
pm (05 Marks)
-M

     
b. If F  xz 3 i  2x 2 yz j 2 yz 4 k find   F and   F at (1, 1, 1). (05 Marks)

H
37

 
H

da   db   d      -M
c. If  w a and  w b , then show that ( a  b )  w ( a  b ) (06 Marks)
-M

1:

dt dt dt
H
:3

Module-5
H

-M

9 a. Solve sec 2 x tan ydx  sec 2 y tan xdy  0 .


01
-M

(05 Marks)
3 2 2 3
b. Solve ( y  3x y)dx  (3xy  x )dy  0 . (05 Marks)
H

dy y
20
H

  xy 2 .
-M

c. Solve (06 Marks)


-M

dx x
0

H
-2

OR
H

-M

dy
M

10 a. Solve  y cot x  cos x .


1

(05 Marks)
dx
-0

b. Solve x 2 ydx  ( x 3  y 3 )dy  0


H

(05 Marks)
09

c. Solve y( x  y)dx  ( x  2 y  1)dy  0


-M

(06 Marks)

*****
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC32

pm
USN

00
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Analog Electronics

4:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:1

H
01
Note: Answer FIVE full questions, choosing one full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

0
1 a. Draw the circuit diagram of common Emitter fixed bias configuration. Derive the expression

H
02
for Zi Zo, Av using re model. (08 Marks)

-M
b. For the network shown in Fig. Q1 (b), determine Zi Zo, Av and Ai. Given hie = 1.175 KΩ,
-2
hfe = 120, hoe = 20 μA/v using approximate hybrid equivalent model. (08 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01

-M
2-

H
-2

-M
U
VT

pm
Fig. Q1 (b)
-M

OR

H
25
H

2 a. Draw ‘re’ and ‘h’-parameter models for a transistor in common Emitter configuration. Also
-M
-M

give relation between ‘re’ and ‘h’-parameter. (05 Marks)


1:

b. For the circuit shown below, calculate re, Zi Zo and Av, while consider r0   . (08 Marks)
H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M

Fig. Q2 (b)
M

c. What are the advantages of h-parameters? (03 Marks)


-0

Module-2
22

-M

3 a. Explain the small signal model of the FET. (04 Marks)


b. Derive the expression for Zi Zo and Av for FET voltage divider bias circuit. (08 Marks)
H

c. Compare JFET and MOSFET. (04 Marks)


-M

OR
4 a. Explain the n-channel enhancement type MOSFETs, with their characteristics curves.
H

(08 Marks)
-M

b. Derive the expression for Zi Zo and Av for FET self biased configuration (with Rs bypassed).
(08 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC32

pm
Module-3
5 a. Prove that
Input capacitance is C Mi  1  A v C f and

00
 1 
Output capacitance is C MO  1  C f using miller effect. (08 Marks)

4:
 A v 

:1
b. Describe the factors that affect the low frequency response of a BJT-CE amplifier. (08 Marks)

H
01
OR

-M
6 a. Explain high frequency response of FET amplifier and derive expression for cut off

0
frequencies, defined by input and output circuits (fHi and fHo). (08 Marks)
b. Determine the lower cut off frequency for the network shown in Fig. Q6 (b), using following

H
02

-M
parameters gm = 2 ms, rd =  Ω, IDSS = 8 mA, VP =  4V , VDD = 20 V. (08 Marks)
-2

H
01

-M
2-

H
-2

-M
U
VT

pm
-M

Fig. Q6 (b)

H
25

Module-4
H

7
-M
a. With the help of a neat circuit diagram, explain the working of Hartley oscillator. (08 Marks)
-M

1:

b. The following data for Colpitts oscillator are as follows : C1 = 1 nF, C2 = 99 nF, L = 1.5 mH
and hfe = 110. Calculate frequency of oscillation for the same. (04 Marks)
H
:3
H

c. Explain the important advantages of a negative feedback amplifier. (04 Marks)


-M
01
-M

OR
H

8 a. Mention the types of feedback connections. Draw their block diagrams indicating input and
20
H

-M

output signal. (08 Marks)


-M

b. Obtain expression for Zif, Zof for a voltage series feedback. (08 Marks)
0

H
-2
H

Module-5
-M

9 a. Explain the operation of a class B push-pull amplifier and also show that its efficiency
M

78.50%. (08 Marks)


-0

b. With a neat circuit diagram, explain the operation of a transformer coupled class A power
H
22

amplifier.
-M

(08 Marks)

OR
H

10 a. For a harmonic distortion reading of D2 = 0.1, D3 = 0.02 and D4 = 0.01, with I1 = 4 A and
-M

RC = 8 Ω, calculate the total harmonic distortion, fundamental power and total power.
(04 Marks)
b. What are the classification of power amplifiers, based on the location of Q – point? Discuss
H

them briefly. (08 Marks)


-M

c. With the help of neat block diagram, explain the working of shunt voltage regulator.
(04 Marks)
*****
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC33

pm
USN

04
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Digital Electronics

8:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:2

H
01
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

0
1 a. Two motors M2 and M1 are controlled by three sensors S1, S2 and S3. One motor M2 is to run

H
02
any time when all three sensors are on the other motor (M1) is to run whenever sensors S2 or

-M
S1 but not both are on and S3 is off. For all sensors combinations where M1 is on, M2 is to be
-2
off, except when all sensors are off and then both motors remains off. Design using
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
combinational logic.
01
(06 Marks)

-M
b. Convert the given Boolean function into minterm canonical form.
5-

f (a , b, c)  a ( b  c)  c (02 Marks)
c. Reduce the following Boolean function using K-map and realize the simplified expression
H
-2

using NAND gates.


-M
T  f (a , b, c, d )   m(1, 3, 4, 5, 13, 15)   d(8, 9, 10, 11) (08 Marks)
U
VT

pm
OR
-M

2 a. Determine the prime implicants and essential prime implicants for the given Boolean
function using K-map.

H
20

N  f(a, b, c, d)  π(0, 1, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11)  d(2, 10) (05 Marks)


H

b. Define Minterm, Maxterm, Canonical POS.


-M (03 Marks)
-M

8:

c. Simplify the given function using Quine McCluskey method.


H

f(a, b, c, d) = m(7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15) + d(4, 11)


:3

(08 Marks)
H

-M
01
-M

Module-2
3 a. Design a priority encoder for a system with 3 inputs, the middle bit with highest priority
H

encoding to 10, the MSB with next priority encoding to 11, while the LSB with last priority
20
H

-M

encoding to 01. (05 Marks)


-M

b. Realize the following Boolean function using 8 to 1 MUX.


0

f(a, b, c, d) = m(0, 1, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15) (03 Marks)


H
-2
H

c. Design a four-bit carry look ahead adder and briefly explain how it is better than parallel
-M
M

adder. (08 Marks)


-0

OR
25

-M

4 a. Realize a 16:1 MUX using 4:1 Multiplexers only. (03 Marks)


b. Implement the given function using 74139 dual 2:4 decoder
f1(a, b, c) = (1, 3, 5, 7) (03 Marks)
H

c. Design two-bit binary comparator and implement with suitable logic gates. (10 Marks)
-M

Module-3
H

5 a. What is the difference between combinational logic and sequential logic? Explain switch
debouncer using SR latch with waveforms.
-M

(08 Marks)
b. Explain the working of Master-Slave JK flip-flop with the help of logic diagram, function
table, logic symbol and timing diagram. (08 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC33
OR
6 a. What is race around condition and how this can be eliminated? (03 Marks)

pm
b. Obtain the characteristic equation of JK and SR flip-flops. (05 Marks)
c. Explain the working of positive edge triggered D flip-flop with neat logic diagram and
waveforms. (08 Marks)

04
Module-4

8:
7 a. Explain Universal Shift Register with the help of logic diagram, mode control table and
symbol. (08 Marks)

:2
b. Explain the working of 4-bit Johnson counter using positive edge triggered D flip-flop, also

H
01
draw the timing diagram. What is the modulus of this counter? (08 Marks)

-M
OR

0
8 a. Design a synchronous Mod-6 counter using JK flip-flop. (08 Marks)

H
02
b. Explain the working of 4-bit binary ripple up counter using negative edge triggered flip-flop

-M
also draw the timing diagram. (08 Marks)
-2
Module-5

H
01
9 a. Explain Mealy and Moore models of clocked synchronous sequential circuits. (06 Marks)

-M
b. A sequential circuit has one input and one output, the state diagram is as shown in
5-

Fig.Q9(b), design the sequential circuit with JK flip-flop.


H
-2

-M
U
VT

pm
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

8:

H
:3
H

-M

Fig.Q9(b) (10 Marks)


01
-M

OR
H

10 a. Write the basic recommended steps for design of a clocked synchronous sequential circuit.
20
H

-M

(06 Marks)
-M

b. Construct the excitation table, transition table, state table and state diagram for the Moore
0

sequential circuit shown in Fig.Q10(b).


H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
25

-M
H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q10(b) (10 Marks)

*****
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC34

pm
USN

44
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Network Analysis

9:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:0
Note: 1. Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
2. Missing data, if any, may be suitably assumed.

01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1
1 a. Derive expression for converting star to delta. (08 Marks)

0
b. Using Mesh current find V2 which result a zero current in 4 ohm resistor in the network

H
02
shown in Fig.Q1(b). (08 Marks)

-M
-2
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01

-M
Fig.Q1(b)
6-

HOR
-1

2 a. For the network of Fig.Q2(a), determine the v1 and v2 by nodal analysis.


-M
(08 Marks)
U
VT

pm
-M

H
06

Fig.Q2(a)
H

-M
b. Find the current I in 28 resistor by Mesh analysis in Fig.Q2(b).
-M

(08 Marks)
3:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

Fig.Q2(a)
20
H

-M
-M

Module-2
0

3 a. State and prove superposition theorem. (06 Marks)


H
-2

b. Using Milliman’s theorem, find IL through RL for the network shown in Fig.Q3(b). (04 Marks)
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
16

-M

Fig.Q3(b)
c. Obtain Norton equivalent of the network of Fig.Q3(c) between terminals A and B. (06 Marks)
H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q3(c)
H

1 of 3
-M
H
M
15EC34
OR
4 a. State maximum power transfer theorem. Prove that ZL = Z0* for AC circuits. (08 Marks)

pm
b. Verity reciprocity theorem to find value of V X in the circuit shown Fig.Q4(b). (08 Marks)

44
9:
:0

H
01

-M
Fig.Q4(b)

0
Module-3

H
02
5 a. In the network shown in Fig.Q5(a), K is changed from position a to b at t = 0. Solve for i,

-M
di d 2i -2
and 2 at t = 0+, if R = 1000, L = 1H, C = 0.1F and V = 100V. Assume that the
dt dt

H
01
capacitor is initially uncharged. (08 Marks)

-M
6-

H
-1

-M
U
VT

Fig.Q5(a)
pm
-M

b. Determine the response current i(t) in the circuit shown in Fig.Q5(b) using Laplace

H
06

transform. (08 Marks)


H

-M
-M

3:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

Fig.Q5(b)
H
20
H

-M

OR
-M

6 a. Synthesis the waveform shown in Fig.Q6(a) and find the Laplace transform of the periodic
0

waveform. (08 Marks)


H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
16

-M

Fig.Q6(a)
2
dv d v
b. Determine v, and 2 at t = 0+ when the switch k is opened at t=0 in Fig.Q6(b). (08 Marks)
H

dt dt
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q6(b)
H

2 of 3
-M
H
M
15EC34
Module-4
7 a. What is resonance? Show that f  f f for series resonance circuit. (08 Marks)

pm
0 1 2
b. Find the values of c for which the circuit given in Fig.Q7(b) resonates at 750Hz. (08 Marks)

44
9:
:0
Fig.Q7(b)

H
01
OR

-M
8 a. A series RLC circuit has R = 4, L = 1mH, and C = 10F, calculate Q – factor, bandwidth,

0
resonant frequency and the half power frequencies f1 and f2. (08 Marks)

H
02
b. Derive expression for fr, Q and bandwidth of a parallel resonant circuit with lossless

-M
capacitor in parallel with a coil of resistance R and inductance L. (08 Marks)
-2
Module-5

H
01
9 a. Derive Y parameters and transmission parameters of a circuit interms of its z-parameters.

-M
(08 Marks)
6-

b. Find the z-parameters for the network shown in Fig.Q9(b). (08 Marks)

H
-1

-M
U
VT

pm
-M

H
06
H

-M
-M

3:

Fig.Q9(b)
H
:3
H

OR
-M
01
-M

10 a. The z parameters of a two port network are z11 = 20, z22 = 30, z12 = z21 =10. Find
Y and ABCD parameters. (08 Marks)
H

b. Determine Y parameters of the two port network shown in Fig.Q10(b). (08 Marks)
20
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
16

-M

Fig.Q10(b)
H
-M

*****
H
-M

3 of 3
H
-M
H
M
15EC35

pm
USN

40
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Electronic Instrumentation

7:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:1

H
01
Note: Answer FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

0
1 a. Explain briefly about Gross errors, Absolute error and Relative error in measurements with

H
02
an example for each. (06 Marks)

-M
b. Design a multirange ammeter that uses individual shunts for the ranges 0 – 100 mA,
-2
0 – 200 mA and 0 – 500 mA, with a meter of full scale deflection current 100 μA and
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
resistance 500 Ω.
01
(06 Marks)

-M
c. Define accuracy, precision, resolution and significant figures in measurements. (04 Marks)
9-

OR
H
-2

2 a. Sketch and explain the operation of a true RMS voltmeter. (06 Marks)
-M
b. Design a multirange voltmeter that uses series multiplier resistor for the ranges 0 – 5 V,
U

0 – 50 V and 0 – 100 V with a movement of internal resistance 100 Ω and full scale
VT

deflection current 10 mA.


H

pm (06 Marks)
c. Sketch and explain the operation of a AC voltmeter using Half Wave rectifier. (04 Marks)
-M

Module-2

H
12
H

3 a. With sketch describe the operaton of a Dual Scope Integrator type DVM which works on the
-M
-M

principle of voltage to time conversion. (08 Marks)


5:

b. Sketch and explain the operation of staircase Ramp type DVM. (08 Marks)
H
:3
H

-M

OR
01
-M

4 a. Sketch the block diagram of a digital multimeter and explain how it measures different
parameters like dc and ac voltage, dc current and resistance. (08 Marks)
H
20
H

b. What is the principle used in measuring frequency of a signal digital technique, with block
-M

diagram explain the operation of a digital frequency meter.


-M

(08 Marks)
0

Module-3
-2
H

-M

5 a. With an example of sine wave input signal, explain the principle of displaying a single cycle
M

stationary sine wave on a CRO. (06 Marks)


-0

b. Give a circuit that generates the horizontal time base signal of CRO and explain its
H

operation. (06 Marks)


29

-M

c. Briefly explain how to generate Lissajous figures using CRO and how to measure frequency
of an unknown signal. (04 Marks)
H

OR
-M

6 a. With a block diagram, explain the operation of a function generator which generates
different shape waveforms. (08 Marks)
H

b. Sketch and explain the operation of a pulse generator. What are its requirements? (08 Marks)
-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC35

pm
Module-4
7 a. Sketch and explain the operation of a phase sensitive detector to compare the phase of a
signal with a reference signal. (08 Marks)

40
b. What is the significance of Q of a coil? Give a circuit to measure Q of a coil and explain its
operation. What are the factors that affect its measurement? (08 Marks)

7:
:1
OR
8 a. Sketch a Wheatstone’s Bridge that is used to measure resistance of an unknown resistor.

H
01
Derive an expression that determines the unknown resistance. (06 Marks)

-M
b. (i) Sketch a Maxwell’s Bridge and derive an expression for determining inductance and
resistance of an unknown inductor.

H
(ii) What is the value of unknown inductor impedance measured using a Maxwell’s bridge

02

-M
at balance with C1  0.01 μF, R 1  470 KΩ, R 2  5.1 KΩ and R 3  100 KΩ?
-2 (10 Marks)

H
01
Module-5

-M
9 a. (i) What are the desired properties of a electrical transducers?
9-

(ii) What is the piezo resistive effect in resistance strain gauges? (04 Marks)
b. Sketch a resistive position transducer and explain its operation to measure displacement.
H
-2

(06 Marks)
-M
c. With a sketch, explain a method to determine strain using strain gauge in a bridge
U

arrangement. (06 Marks)


VT

pm
-M

OR
10 a. Sketch a variable reluctance bridge circuit and explain how it can be used to measure a

H
12

displacement. (06 Marks)


H

-M
b. Sketch the construction of a photo condutive cell and explain how it operates. Give a circuit
-M

5:

involving it to operate a light operated relay and briefly explain its operation. (08 Marks)
c. Write a note on thermister. (02 Marks)
H
:3
H

-M

*****
01
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
29

-M
H
-M
H
-M
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
pm
USN 15EC36

17
Third Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

4:
Engineering Electromagnetics

:2
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
02
Module-1

-M
1 a. Define electric field intensity and electric flux density and derive the expression for D due to
-2
point charge. (05 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
b. Identical point charges of 3C are located at the four corners of the square of 5cm side, find

-M
the magnitude of force on any one charge. (08 Marks)
8-

c. On the line described x = 4m, y = -2m there is uniform charge distribution of density
l = 10nc/m. Find E at (4, 2, -1)m. H (03 Marks)
-1

-M
U

OR
2 a. State and explain Coulomb’s law of force between two point charges in vector form and
VT

pm
mention the units of quantities in the force equation. (08 Marks)
-M

b. Three point charges Q1 = -1c, Q2 = -2c and Q3 = -3c are placed at the corners of an
equilateral triangle of side 1m, find the magnitude of the electric field intensity at the point

H
15

bisecting the line joining Q1 and Q2.


H

(08 Marks)
-M
-M

6:

Module-2
2
H
:3

7r 120
a. In the region r  2, D 
H

3 âr and in the region r > 2, D  2 âr in spherical coordinate


-M

3 r
01
-M

system calculate the charge density. (08 Marks)


b. Derive the expression for continuity of current. (04 Marks)
H
20
H

c. Derive Maxwell’s first equation in electrostatic. (04 Marks)


-M
-M

OR
H

4 a. Obtain the boundary condition at the interface between a dielectric material and a conductor.
-2
H

(08 Marks)
-M
M

b. State and explain Gauss law in point form. (04 Marks)


-0

c. If the potential field V = 3x2 + 3y2 + 2z3 volts, find: i) V ii) E iii) P at P(-4, 5, 4).
H

(04 Marks)
18

-M

Module-3
5 a. State and explain Biot-Savart’s law. (05 Marks)
H

b. Two parallel conducting discs are separated by distance 5mm at z = 0 and z = 5mm. If v = 0
-M

at z = 0 and v = 100v at z = 5mm, find the charge densities on the discs. (05 Marks)
c. Using Poisson’s equation obtain the expression for the junction potential in a p-n junction.
H

(06 Marks)
-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC36

pm
OR
6 a. Derive Laplace and Poisson’s equation starting from the Gauss’s law and also write
Laplace’s equation in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinate system. (08 Marks)

17
2
b. Evaluate both sides of the Stoke’s theorem for the field H  6xy âx  3y ây A / m and the

4:
rectangular path around the region 2  x  5, -1  y  1, z = 0 let the positive direction of
ds be â z . (08 Marks)

:2

H
01
Module-4

-M
7 a. Obtain the expression for reluctance in a series of magnetic circuits. (04 Marks)

0
b. A point charge of Q = -1.2C has velocity, V  (5âx  2ây  3aẑ)m / s . Find the magnitude of

H
02
the force exerted on the charge if,

-M
i) E  18âx  5ây  10âz v/m
ii)
-2
B  4âx  4ây  3âz T

H
01
iii) Both are present simultaneously. (08 Marks)

-M
c. Two infinitely long straight conductors are located at x = 0, y = 0 and x = 0, y = 10m. Both
8-

carry current of 10A in positive â z direction. Determine force experienced per meter
between them. H (04 Marks)
-1

-M
U

OR
8 a. State and explain Lorentz force equation. (08 Marks)
VT

pm
b. Find the magnetization in a magnetic material where,
-M

i)  = 1.8  105 (H/m) and M = 120 (A/M)


ii) r = 22, there are 8.3  1028 atoms/m3 and each atom has a dipole moment of

H
15

4.5  10-27(A/m2) and


H

iii) B = 300T and m = 15.


-M
-M

(08 Marks)
6:

H
:3

Module-5
H

9 a. Starting from Maxwell’s equation derive wave equation in E and H for a uniform plane
-M
01
-M

wave travelling in free space. (08 Marks)


9 -6
b. A homogeneous material has = 2  10 F/m and  = 1.25  10 H/m and  = 0. Electric
H

field intensity is given as E  400 cos(109 t  kz) ân v/m, if all the fields vary sinusoidally
20
H

-M
-M

find D , B and H . Also find k using Maxwell’s equations. (08 Marks)


0

H
-2

OR
H

-M

10 a. List Maxwell’s equation in point form and integral form. (06 Marks)
M

b. A 15GHZ plane wave travelling in a medium has an amplitude E0 = 20v/m. Find phase
-0

velocity, propagation constant and impedance. Assume r = 2 and r = 5. (06 Marks)


H

2
c. 8 watts/m is the pointing vector of a plane wave travelling in free space. What is the
18

-M

average energy density? (04 Marks)


H

*****
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
pm
USN 15MAT41

10
1:
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Engineering Mathematics – IV

:2

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

H
01
Note: 1. Answer FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

-M
2. Use of statistical table can be provided.
-2
Module-1
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
a. Using Taylor’s series method find, y(0.1) given that dy  x  y 2 , y(0) = 1 by considering

-M
1
dx
7-

upto third degree terms. (05 Marks)


b. Apply Runge Kutta method of fourth H
order to find an approximate value of y when x = 0.5
-1

-M
dy 1
given that  with y(0.4)  1 . Take h = 0.1. (05 Marks)
U

dx x  y
VT

dy y 2 (1  x 2 )
H

pm
c. Evaluate y(0.4) by Milne’s Predictor-Corrector method given that  and
-M

dx 2
y(0) = 1, y(0.1) = 1.06, y(0.2) = 1.12, y(0.3) = 1.21. Apply the corrector formula twice.

H
25

(06 Marks)
H

-M
-M

9:

OR
dy
H

a. Solve by Euler’s modified method


:3

2  log e (x  y) ; y(0) = 2 to find y(0.2) with h = 0.2.


H

dx
-M
01
-M

Carryout two modifications. (05 Marks)


b. Using Runge-Kutta method of fourth order find y(0.2) to four decimal places given that
H

dy y
 3x  ; y0  1 . Take h  0.2 .
19
H

(05 Marks)
-M

dx 2
-M

dy
0

c. Given  x 2 (1  y) ; y(1) =1, y(1.1) = 1.233, y(1.2) = 1.548, y(1.3) = 1.979. Evaluate
H

dx
-2
H

y(1.4) to four decimal places using Adam’s-Bashforth predictor corrector method. Apply the
-M
M

corrector formula twice. (06 Marks)


-1

Module-2
17

-M

2
3 a. Given d y2  y  x dy with y(0) = 1, y(0)  0 . Evaluate y(0.2) using Runge Kutta method
dx dx
H

of fourth order. Take h = 0.2. (05 Marks)


-M

2
b. With usual notation prove that J 1 ( x )  sinx. (05 Marks)
2
x
H

c. Express f ( x )  2 x 3  x 2  3x  2 in terms of Legendre polynomial. (06 Marks)


-M

OR
H

1 of 3
-M
H
M
15MAT41
d2 y

pm
dy
4 a. Apply Milnes predictor corrector method to compute y(0.4) given that 2
 6 y  3x
dx dx
and the following values: (05 Marks)

10
x 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
y 1 1.03995 1.138036 1.29865

1:
y 0.1 0.6955 1.258 1.873

:2
b. State Rodrigue’s formula for Legendre polynomials and obtain the expression for P4 ( x )

H
from it.

01
(05 Marks)
1

-M
c. If α and β are the two roots of the equation J n ( x )  0 then prove that  xJ x J x dx  0
n n

9
0

H
01
if    . (06 Marks)

-M
-2 Module-3
5 a. Derive Cauchy-Riemann equation in Cartesian form. (05 Marks)

H
12
2
3z  z  1

-M
b. Evaluate using Cauchy’s residue theorem,  2 dz where C is the circle z  2 .
(z  1)(z  3)
7-

C
(05 Marks)
H
-1

c. Find the bilinear transformation which maps the points  1, i, 1 onto the points 1, i,  1
-M
respectively. (06 Marks)
U
VT

OR pm
-M

6 a. Find the analytic function, f (z)  u  iv if v  r 2 cos 2  r cos   2 . (05 Marks)


2z
e

H
25

b. Evaluate  (z  1)(z  2) dz where C is the circle z  3 using Cauchy integral formula.


H

C -M
-M

9:

(05 Marks)
c. Discuss the transformation   e z . (06 Marks)
H
:3
H

-M

Module-4
01
-M

7 a. Find the constant C such that the function,


H

Cx 2 for 0  x  3
19
H

f (x)  
-M

 0 Otherwise is a probabilit y density function.


-M

Also compute P(1<X<2), P(X  1) , P(X>1).


0

(05 Marks)
H
-2

b. Out of 800 families with five childrens each, how many families would you expect to have
H

-M

(i) 3 boys (ii) 5 girls (iii) either 2 or 3 boys (iv) at most 2 girls, assume equal
M

probabilities for boys and girls. (05 Marks)


-1

c. Given the following joint distribution of the random variables X and Y.


H

Y 1 3 9
17

-M

X
2 1 1 1
H

8 24 12
-M

4 1 1 0
4 4
H

6 1 1 1
-M

8 24 12
Find (i) E(X) (ii) E(Y) (iii) E(XY) (iv) COV(X, Y) (v) (X, Y)
(06 Marks)
H

2 of 3
-M
H
M
15MAT41

pm
OR
8 a. Obtain the mean and standard deviation of Poisson distribution. (05 Marks)
b. In a test on electric bulbs it was found that the life time of bulbs of a particular brand was

10
distributed normally with an average life of 2000 hours and standard deviation of 60 hours.
If a firm purchases 2500 bulbs find the number of bulbs that are likely to last for,

1:
(i) More than 2100 hours (ii) Less than 1950 hours (iii) Between 1900 and 2100 hours.

:2
Given that (1.67)  0.4525 , (0.83)  0.2967 (05 Marks)
c. A fair coin is tossed thrice. The random variables X and Y are defined as follows:

H
01
X = 0 or 1 according as head or tail occurs on the first toss.

-M
Y = number of heads

9
Determine (i) The distribution of X and Y (ii) Joint distribution of X and Y. (06 Marks)

H
01

-M
Module-5
9 -2
a. In a city A 20% of a random sample of 900 school boys had a certain slight physical defect.
In another city B, 18.5% of a random sample of 1600 school boys had the same defect. Is the

H
12
difference between the proportions significant. (05 Marks)

-M
b. The nine items of a sample have the following values : 45, 47, 50, 52, 48, 47, 49, 53, 51.
7-

Does the mean of these differ from the assumed mean 47.5. Apply student’s t – distribution
at 5% level of significance (t0.05 = 2.31 for 8 d.f)
H (05 Marks)
-1

-M
 
 0 1 0
U

c. Find the unique fixed probability vector of the regular stochastic matrix  0 0 1 .
VT

pm 1 1 
 0
-M

2 2 
(06 Marks)

H
25
H

OR -M
-M

9:

10 a. A sample of 100 tyres is taken from a lot. The mean life of tyres is found to be 40,650 kms
with a standard deviation of 3260. Can it be considered as a true random sample from a
H
:3

population with mean life of 40,000 kms (use 0.05 level of significance) Establish 99%
H

-M

confidence limits within which the mean life of tyres is expected to lie, (given Z0.05 = 1.96,
01
-M

Z0.01 = 2.58) (05 Marks)


b. In the experiments of pea breeding the following frequencies of seeds were obtained.
H
19
H

Round and Wrinkled Round and Wrinkled Total


-M
-M

Yellow and Yellow Green and Green


0

315 101 108 32 556


H
-2

Theory predicts that the frequencies should be in proportions 9 : 3 : 3 : 1. Examine the


H

-M

correspondence between theory and experiment.


M

 
 20.05  7.815 for 3 d.f (05 Marks)
-1

c. Three boys A, B, C are throwing ball to each other. A always throws the ball to B and B
H
17

-M

always throws the ball to C. C is just as likely to throw the ball to B is to A. If C was the first
person to throw the ball find the probabilities that after the three throws.
(i) A has the ball (ii) B has the ball (iii) C has the ball. (06 Marks)
H
-M

*****
H
-M

3 of 3
H
-M
H
M
pm
USN 15EC43

25
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

2:
Control Systems

:0
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
Module-1

01
1 a. Compare open loop and closed loop control system.

-M
(05 Marks)
-2 C(S)
b. Find the transfer function for the signal flow graph shown in Fig.Q.1(b). (05 Marks)
R (S)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12

-M
4-

H
-2

-M
U
VT

Fig.Q.1(b)
H

pm
-M

c. For the Mechanical system shown in Fig.Q.1(c):


i) Draw the mechanical network

H
43

ii) Write the differential equation


H

iii) Draw the force-voltage analogous electrical network. -M (06 Marks)


-M

3:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

H
-2

Fig.Q.1(c)
H

-M
M

OR
-1

 2 (s )
H

2 a. Obtain the transfer function for the system shown in Fig.Q.2(a). (05 Marks)
24

T(s )
-M
H
-M
H

Fig.Q.2(a)
-M

1 of 4
H
-M
H
M
15EC43
C(s )
b. Obtain the transfer function of the system shown in Fig.Q.2(b) by using block diagram

pm
R (s )
reduction technique. (05 Marks)

25
2:
:0

H
01

-M
Fig.Q.2(b)
[

9
c. For the network shown in Fig.Q.2(c) construct the signal flow graph and obtain the transfer

H
01
function using Mason gain formula. Given R1 = 100K, R2 = 1M, C1 = 10f, C2 = 1f.

-M
-2 (06 Marks)

H
12

-M
4-

Fig.Q.2(c)
H
-2

-M
Module-2
U

3 a. Derive the expression for unit step response of under damped second order system.
VT

(08 Marks)
H

pm
10(S  2)
-M

b. For a unity feedback control system with G (S)  2 . Find the static error coefficients
S (S  1)

H
43

3 2 1
H

and steady state error when input transform is R (S)   2  3 .-M (04 Marks)
S S 3S
-M

3:

K
c. A units feedback control system has G (S)  determine the gain K for  = 0.5. Also
H
:3

S(S  10)
H

-M

find rise time, peak time, peak overshoot and settling time. Assume system is subjected to a
01
-M

step of 1v. (04 Marks)


H

OR
19
H

-M

S.R (s)
a. Show that the steady state error ess  lim
-M

4 using simple closed loop system


s  o 1  G (s).H (s)
0

H
-2

with negative feedback. (04 Marks)


H

-M

b. For a spring-mass damper system shown in Fig.Q.4(b), an experiment was conducted by


M

applying a force of 2 Newtons to the mass. The response x(t) was recorded using xy plotter
-1

and experimental result is as shown in Fig.Q.4(b) below. Find the value of M, K, B.


H

(07 Marks)
24

-M
H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q4(b)
H

2 of 4
-M
H
M
15EC43
2
d d

pm
c. A signal is represented by the equation 2
 10  150e where e = (r - ) is the actuating
dt dt
signal, calculate the value of damping ratio, undamped and damped frequency of oscillation.

25
Also draw the block diagram and find its closed loop transfer function. (05 Marks)

2:
Module-3
5 a. Explain the concept of Routh Hurwitz creterio. What are the necessary and sufficient

:0
conditions for the system to be stable as per Routh-Hurwitz criteria? (05 Marks)

H
01
b. Comment on the stability of a system using Routh’s stability criteria whose characteristic
equation is s4 + 2s3 + 4s2 + 6s + 8 = 0. How many poles of systems lie in right half of s

-M
plane? (04 Marks)

9
c. Construct the root locus and show that part of the root locus is circle. Comment on stability

H
01
K (s  2)

-M
of open loop transfer function given by G (s )  . (07 Marks)
-2 s(s  1)

H
12
OR

-M
6 a. Determine the range of K such that the characteristic equation.
4-

S3 + 3(k + 1)S2 + (7K + 5)S + (4K + 7) = 0 has roots more negative than S = -1. (07 Marks)
H
b. A feedback control system has open loop Transfer function
-2

-M
K
G (S)H (S)  plot the root locus for K = 0 to . Indicate all the points
U

S(S  4)(S2  4S  20)


VT

on it. (09 Marks)


H

pm
-M

Module-4

H
43

7 a. Explain Nyquist stability criterion. (04 Marks)


H

-M K
-M

b. Sketch the Nyquist plot for open loop transfer function G (S)H (S)  . Find the
3:

S(S  1)(S  2)
range of K for closed loop stability.
H
:3

(08 Marks)
H

c. For the log magnitude diagram shown in Fig.Q.7(c) find the transfer function.
-M

(04 Marks)
01
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

H
24

Fig.Q.7(c)
-M

OR
H

8 a. Define Gain Margin and phase Margin. Explain how these can be determined using Bode
-M

plot. (04 Marks)


100(0.1s  1)
b. Construct the Bode magnitude and phase plot for G (s )H(s )  . Find Gain
s (s  1) 2 (0.01s  1
H
-M

margin and phase Margin. (06 Marks)

3 of 4
H
-M
H
M
15EC43

pm
c. The polar plot of open loop transfer function of unity feedback system is shown in
Fig.Q.8(c). None of the G(s) H(s) functions have poles on RHS.
i) Complete the Nyquist path

25
ii) Is the system stable
iii) What is the system TYPE number? (06 Marks)

2:
:0

H
01

-M
9

H
01

-M
Fig.Q.8(c)
-2
Module-5

H
12
9 a. List the properties of state transition matrix. (04 Marks)

-M
b. Obtain an appropriate state model for a system represented by an electric circuit as shown in
4-

Fig.Q.9(b). (06 Marks)


H
-2

-M
U
VT

pm
Fig.Q.9(b)
-M

c. Find the state transition matrix for a system whose system matrix is given by

H
43
H

0 1 -M
A (06 Marks)
-M


3:

 8  6
H
:3
H

OR
-M
01
-M

10 a. Draw and explain the block diagram of sample data control system. (04 Marks)
2
y(s ) s  3s  4
b. The transfer function of a control system is given by  3 obtain a state
H

u (s ) s  2s 2  3s  2
19
H

-M

model using signal flow graph.


-M

(08 Marks)
c. Obtain the state model of the system shown in Fig.Q.10(c).
0

(04 Marks)
H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

H
24

-M

Fig.Q.10(c)
H

*****
-M
H
-M

4 of 4
H
-M
H
M
15EC44

pm
USN

16
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Signals and Systems

4:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing

H
01
ON`E full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

H
01
1 a. Sketch the even and odd parts of the signals shown in Fig.Q1(i) and (ii) (08 Marks)

-M
-2
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12

-M
0-

H
-3

-M

Fig.Q1(i) Fig.Q1(ii)
U

b. Determine whether the following signal is periodic or not if periodic find the fundamental
VT

period. x(t) = sin2(4 t). pm (03 Marks)


-M

dx (t )
c. The trapezoidal pulse x(t) shown in Fig.Q1(c) is applied to a differentiator is y( t )  .
dt

H
46

i) Find the resulting output y(t) of the differentiator ii) Find the energy of y(t). (05 Marks)
H

-M
-M

3:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

Fig.Q1(c)
H
19
H

-M
-M

OR
0

2 a. Determine whether the following systems are memoryless, causal, time invariant, linear and
stable. i) y(t) = x(t2) ii) y(n) = log10(|x(n)|).
H
-2

(08 Marks)
H

-M

b. i) A continuous time signal x(t) is shown in Fig.Q2(b) sketch y(t) = [x(t) + x(2 – t)] u(1 – t).
M

ii) Sketch the signal : x(n) = 1; –1 ≤ n ≤ 3


-1

=½ ;n=4
H
30

= 0; elsewhere
-M

Sketch : i) 2x(2n) ii) x(n) + (–1)nx(n). (08 Marks)


H
-M
H
-M

Fig.Q2(b)
H

1 of 3
-M
H
M
15EC44

pm
Module-2
3 a. Prove the following :
t

16
i) x (t )  u (t )   x () d


4:
ii) x (n )  [h1 (n )  h 2 (n )]  {x (n )  h1 (n )}  h 2 (n ) . (08 Marks)
b. Compute the convolution sum of y(n) = nu(n)  nu(n); || < 1 and || < 1.

:1
(08 Marks)

H
01
OR

-M
4 a. Sate and prove the associative and commutative properties of convolution integral. (08 Marks)
b. Compute the convolution integral of x(t) = e–2tu(t) and h(t) = u(t + 2). (08 Marks)

H
01
Module-3

-M
5 a. A system consists of several subsystems connected as shown in Fig.Q5(a). Find the operator
-2
T relating x(t) to y(t) for the subsystem operators given by

H
12
T1 : y1(t) = x1(t) x1(t – 1)

-M
T2 : y2(t) = | x2(t) |
0-

T3 : y3(t) = 1 + 2x3(t)
H
-3

T4 : y4(t) = cos (x4(t))


-M
U
VT

pm
-M

H
46
H

-M
-M

3:

Fig.Q5(a) (04 Marks)


H
:3
H

b. Determine whether the following systems defined by their impulse response are causal,
-M
01

meoryless and stable.


-M

–4| t |
i) h(t) = e
H

n
ii) h(n) = (0.99) u(n + 3). (06 Marks)
19
H

-M

c. Evaluate the step response for the LTI system represented by the following impulse response
-M

–t
i) h(n) = e u(t)  (t – 2)
0

n
-2

ii) h(n) = (–1) {u(n + 2) – u(n – 3)}. (06 Marks)


H

-M
M

OR
-1

6 a. State the following properties of CTFS :


H

i) Time shift
30

-M

ii) Differentiation in time domain


iii) Linearity
H

iv) Convolution
-M

v) Frequency shift scaling. (06 Marks)


b. Determine the DTFS coefficients of the signal
 6 
H

x (n )  cos n  
 13 6
-M

Draw : i) Magnitude spectrum


ii) Phase spectrum. (10 Marks)
H
-M
H
M
15EC44

pm
Module-4
7 a. State and prove the following properties :
 Y ( j)  e  jt 0 X ( j)
FT
i) y( t )  x ( t  t 0 ) 

16
FT d

4:
ii)  jtx ( t ) 
 X( j) . (06 Marks)
d

:1
b. Find the DTFT of the following signals :
n

H
01
i) x(n) = (–1) u(n)

-M
ii) x(n) = () {u(n + 3) – u(n – 2)}.
n
(10 Marks)

H
01
OR
a. Find he FT of the signal : x(t) = te–2t u(t).

-M
8 (06 Marks)
-2
b. Find the FT of unit step function. (04 Marks)
c. Determine the signal x(n) if its spectrum is shown in Fig.Q8(c). (06 Marks)

H
12

-M
0-

H
-3

-M
U
VT

pm
-M

H
46

Fig.Q8(c)
H

-M
-M

3:

Module-5
9 a. Explain properties of ROC with example. (06 Marks)
H
:3
H

b. Determine the z–transform of the following signals.


-M
01

n
-M

1  
i) x (n )    sin  n u (n )
3 4 
H
19
H

n
-M

1
-M

ii) x (n )    u (n )  u (n  10) . (10 Marks)


0

2
H
-2
H

OR
-M
M

10 a. Find the corresponding time domain signals corresponding to the following z-transform.
-1

z 2  3z 1
H

x ( z)  ; ROC ;  | z | 1 . (06 Marks)


30

2 3
-M

z  2 z 1 2
b. The input and output of on LTI system is given by
H

x(n) = u(n)
y(n) = ()n – 1 u(n + 1).
-M

Find :
i) Transfer function
H

ii) Impulse response


-M

iii) Is the system stable?


iv) Is the system causal? (10 Marks)
H

* * * 3 of 3 * * *
-M
H
M
15EC45

pm
USN

07
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Principles of Communication System

5:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Explain the generation of AM wave using switching modulator and show the output of the
A  4 

0
switching modulator is V2 ( t )  c 1  m(t ) cos(2f c t ) . (06 Marks)

H
2  A c

02

-M
b. Calculate the percent power saving for a DSB-SC signal for the percent modulation of
(i) 100% (ii) 50%. -2 (04 Marks)
c. With a block diagram explain how downward and upward frequency translation is achieved.
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
(06 Marks)

-M
OR
2-

2 a. Explain the operation of the ring modulator circuit which generates the DSB-SC waves.
H
-0

(06 Marks)
-M
b. The AM signal S(t) = Ac[1 + Kam(t)] cos2fct is applied to the system shown in Fig.Q.2(b).
U

Assuming that k a m( t )  1 for all t and the message signal m(t) is limited to the interval
VT

–w  f  w, and the carrier frequency fc > 2w, show that m(t) can be obtained from the
pm
-M

square-rooter output v3(t). (04 Marks)

H
51

Fig.Q.2(b)
H

-M
-M

3:

c. What is vestigial sideband modulation? Explain the generation of VSB modulated signal and
list the advantages.
H
:3

(06 Marks)
H

-M

Module-2
01
-M

3 a. With the help of block diagram. Explain the schemes for generating i) FM wave using PM
ii) PM wave using FM.
H

(06 Marks)
20
H

b. Explain non-linearity and its effect in FM system. (06 Marks)


-M
-M

c. Sketch the FM wave for the modulating signal m(t) as shown in Fig.Q.3(c). Assume
0

frequency of 100MHz and constant kf as 2  105. (04 Marks)


H
-2
H

-M
M

Fig.Q.3(c)
-0

H
02

-M

OR
4 a. Explain the generation of wide band FM wave using a voltage controlled oscillator.
(06 Marks)
H

b. A 93.2 MHz carrier is frequency modulated by a 5kHz sine wave. The resultant FM signal
-M

has a frequency deviation of 40kHz. I) Find the carrier swing of the FM wave ii) What are
the highest and lowest frequencies attained by the frequency modulated signal iii) Find
the modulation index. (04 Marks)
H

c. Draw the linear model of phase locked loop and show that the resulting output signal of the
-M

K
PLL is approximately equal to v( t )  f m( t ) . (06 Marks)
Kv
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC45
Module-3
5 a. Explain mean, correlation and covariance. (06 Marks)

pm
b. List the properties of autocorrelation function. (04 Marks)
c. A TV receiving system is as shown in the Fig.Q.5(c). A preamplifier is used to overcome the
effect of the Lossy cable. Typical values of the parameters are shown.

07
i) Find the overall noise figure of the system.
ii) Find the overall noise figure if the preamplifier is omitted. (06 Marks)

5:
:1

H
01

-M
0
Fig.Q.5(c)

H
02

-M
OR
6 -2
a. What is probability density function? Show that the area under the PDF curve is equal to
one. (06 Marks)

H
01
b. Consider the random variable X defined by probability density function

-M
k a constan t for 2  x  4
2-

f x (x )  
0 elsewhere
H
-0

Determine : i) The constant K ii) FX(x). (04 Marks)


-M
c. What is noise equivalent bandwidth? Show that noise equivalent band width for RC low
U

1
pass filter is . (06 Marks)
VT

4RC pm
-M

Module-4

H
51

3 2
H

7 a. Show that the figure of merit of a noisy FM receiver for single tone modulation is
-M  .
2
-M

3:

(08 Marks)
b. Show that the figure-of-merit for DSB-SC receiver system is unity. (08 Marks)
H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

OR
H

8 a. An AM receiver operating with a sinusoidal modulating signal has the following


20
H

-M

specifications.  = 0.8, [SNR]0 = 30dB. What is the corresponding carrier-to-noise ratio?


-M

(06 Marks)
0

b. Briefly discuss FM threshold effect. (04 Marks)


H
-2

c. Explain pre-emphasis and de-emphasis in frequency modulation system. (06 Marks)


H

-M
M

Module-5
-0

9 a. Draw the block diagram of Time Division Multiplexing system and explain the working
H

principle of operation. (08 Marks)


02

-M

b. Explain the generation of Pulse Position Modulation (PPM) system. (08 Marks)
H

OR
-M

10 a. List the two operations involved in the generation of PAM [Pulse Amplitude Modulation]
and explain how message signal m(t) is recovered from PAM. (08 Marks)
b. Discuss briefly quantization noise and show the output signal-to-noise ratio of a uniform
H

 3P  2 R
-M

quantizer is [SNR ]0   2 2 . (08 Marks)


 m max 
*****
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
15MATDIP41

pm
USN

15
Fourth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Additional Mathematics – II

8:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Find the rank of the matrix by

0
 1 2 3 2

H
02
A   2 3 5 1 by applying elementary row transformations. (06 Marks)

-M
1 3 4 5 -2
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

1 4

H
01
b. Find the inverse of the matrix   using Caylery-Hamilton theorem. (05 Marks)

-M
 2 3
8-

c. Solve the following system of equations by Gauss elimination method.


2x + y + 4z = 12, 4x + 11 – z = 33, 8x – 3y + 2z = 20 (05 Marks)
H
-0

OR
-M
U

 2  1  3  1
1 2 3  1
VT

2 a. Find the rank of the matrix  pm


by reducing it to echelon form. (06 Marks)
-M

1 0 1 1
 
0 1 1  1

H
17
H

 7 2 0  -M
-M

b. Find the eigen values of A    2 6  2


3:

(05 Marks)
 
 0  2 5 
H
:3
H

-M

c. Solve by Gauss elimination method: x + y + z = 9, x – 2y + 3z = 8, 2x + y – z = 3


01
-M

(05 Marks)
Module-2
H
20
H

3 2
d y d y dy
-M

3 a. Solve  6 2  11  6 y  0 (05 Marks)


-M

3
dx dx dx
0

b. Solve y  4 y  13y  cos 2 x (05 Marks)


H
-2

c. Solve by the method of undetermined coefficients y  3y  2 y  12x 2


H

(06 Marks)
-M
M

OR
-0

2
d y dy
H

4 a. Solve  5  6y  ex (05 Marks)


08

2
-M

dx dx
2x
 
b. Solve y  4 y  12 y  e  3 sin 2x (05 Marks)
2
H

d y
c Solve by the method of variation of parameter  y  tan x (06 Marks)
-M

dx 2
Module-3
5 a. Find the Laplace transform of
H

i) e 2 t sin h 4 t ii) e 2 t (2 cos 5t  sin 5t )


-M

(06 Marks)
b. Find the Laplace transform of f(t) = t2 0 < t < 2 and f(t + 2) = f(t) for t > 2. (05 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15MATDIP41
t 0  t  4
c. Express f ( t )   interms of unit step function and hence find L[f(t)]. (05 Marks)
5 t4

pm
OR
cos at  cos bt

15
6 a. Find the Laplace transform of i) t cosat ii) (06 Marks)
t

8:
 E 0t a/2 E  as 
b. Given f ( t )   where f(t + a) = f(t). Show that L[f ( t )]  tan h  .
 E a / 2  t  a S 4

:1
(05 Marks)

H
01
1 0  t 1

-M

c. Express f ( t )   t 1  t  2 interms of unit step function and hence find L[f(t)].

0
t 2 t2

H
02
(05 Marks)

-M
-2 Module-4
2s  1 s2 4s  1

H
a. Find the inverse Laplace transform of i) 2
01
7 ii) 2
 2 (06 Marks)
s  4s  29 s  36 s  25

-M
s2  1
8-

b. Find the inverse Laplace transform of log (05 Marks)


s2  4
H
-0

t
c. Solve by using Laplace transforms y  4 y  4 y  e , given that y(0) = 0, y(0) = 0.
-M
U

(05 Marks)
VT

OR pm
-M

1
8 a. Find the inverse Laplace transform of . (06 Marks)
(s  1)(s  2)(s  3)

H
17
H

sa
b. Find the inverse Laplace transform of cot 1  . -M (05 Marks)
-M

 b 
3:

c. Using Laplace transforms solve the differential equation y  2 y  y  2 y  0 given
H
:3

y(0) = y(0) = 0 and y(0) = 6.


H

(05 Marks)
-M
01
-M

Module-5
9 a. State and prove Baye’s theorem. (06 Marks)
H

b. The machines A, B and C produce respectively 60%, 30%, 10% of the total number of items
20
H

-M

of a factory. The percentage of defective output of these machines are respectively 2%, 3%
-M

and 4%. An item is selected at random and is found defective. Find the probability that the
0

item was produced by machine “C”.


H

(05 Marks)
-2
H

c. The probability that a team wins a match is 3/5. If this team play 3 matches in a tournament,
-M
M

what is the probability that i) win all the matches ii) lose all the matches. (05 Marks)
-0

OR
H
08

10 a. If A and B are any two events of S, which are not mutually exclusive then
-M

P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(AB). (06 Marks)


 
b. If A and B are events with P(AB) = 7/8, P(AB) = 1/4, P A  5 / 8 . Find P(A), P(B) and
H

P(A  B) .
-M

(05 Marks)
c. The probability that a person A solves the problem is 1/3, that of B is 1/2 and that of C is
3/5. If the problem is simultaneously assigned to all of them what is the probability that the
H

problem is solved? (05 Marks)


-M

*****
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
15ES51

pm
USN

Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

10
Management and Entrepreneurship Development

6:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:0
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Define the term management and its functions. (06 Marks)
b. List and explain the roles of a manager.

9
(05 Marks)
c. In brief explain whether management is a science or an art.

H
(05 Marks)

01

-M
OR
2
-2
a. What is planning? List out its importance. (05 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

b. Explain the types of planning. (06 Marks)

H
12
c. List and explain the steps employed in decision making. (05 Marks)

-M
8-

Module-2
3 a. Define the meaning of an organization and steps in process of organizing. (05 Marks)
H
-1

b. What is staffing? Explain its importance. (05 Marks)


-M
c. List and explain the techniques in the selection process. (06 Marks)
U

OR
VT

4
pm
a. What is motivation? Explain Maslow’s need hierarchy theory. (05 Marks)
-M

b. Define the word coordination and its types. (05 Marks)


c. Explain the term leadership and its types. (06 Marks)

H
12
H

Module-3 -M
-M

a. Explain the meaning of social responsibilities of business towards various groups.


4:

5
(06 Marks)
H
:2

b. Define the business ethics and corporate governance. (05 Marks)


H

-M

c. What is social audit? Explain its importance. (05 Marks)


01
-M

OR
H

6 a. Define the meaning of an Entrapreneur and their characteristics. (06 Marks)


19
H

b. List and explain types of Entrapreneurs.


-M

(05 Marks)
-M

c. Explain the Entrapreneurial development cycle. (05 Marks)


0

Module-4
-2
H

7 a. What are SSI’s and the impact of globalization and WTO on SSI’s?
-M

(08 Marks)
M

b. Define Ancillary industry and tiny industries. (08 Marks)


-1

OR
18

8 a. List and explain two institutional support of central level institutions.


-M

(08 Marks)
b. Explain the services provided by Small Industries Development Organization (SIDO).
(08 Marks)
H

Module-5
-M

9 a. Define product planning and development strategy. (08 Marks)


b. Explain the ways of project identification. (08 Marks)
H

OR
-M

10 a. Write a note on network analysis. (05 Marks)


b. Explain PERT and CPM. (06 Marks)
c. Define importance for network techniques. (05 Marks)
H

*****
-M
H
M
pm
USN 15EC52

40
Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

9:
Digital Signal Processing

:1
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
Module-1

-M
1 a. Derive the expression for DFT and IDFT by using frequency domain sampling of DTFT.
-2 (08 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
b. Find IDFT of X(k) = {4, -j2, 0, j2}. (04 Marks)

-M
c. Determine the circular convolution of the sequences
x1(n) = {2, 4, 6, 3} x2(n) = {1, 3, 2, 1}.
9-

(04 Marks)

H
-2

OR
-M
2 a. Find the 8-point DFT of the sequence x (n )  {1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1} by matrix method. (08 Marks)
U

b. Show that the multiplication of two DFT’s leads to circular convolution of respective time
VT

sequences. pm (08 Marks)


-M

Module-2

H
58

3 a. An FIR filter has the impulse response h(n) = {1, 2, 3}, determine the response of the filter
H

for input sequence x(n) = {1, 2}. Use DFT and IDFT technique. -M (08 Marks)
-M

3:

b. In the direct computation of N-point DFT of x(n), how many


i) Complex multiplications
H
:3

ii) Complex additions


H

-M

iii) Real multiplications


01
-M

iv) Real additions


v) Trigonometric functions, evaluations are required.
H

(08 Marks)
19
H

-M
-M

OR
0

4 a. Find the output y(n) of a filter whose impulse response h(n) = {3, 2, 1, 1} and input
H
-2

x(n) = {1, 2, 3, 3, 2, 1, -1, -2, -3, 5, 6, -1, 2, 0, 2, 1}. Using overlap add method assuming the
H

-M

7 point circular convolution. (10 Marks)


M

b. The 4 point DFT of a real sequence x(n) is X(k) = {1, j, 1, -j}. Find the DFT’s of the
-1

following sequence:
H

i) x1(n) = (-1)n x(n)


29

-M

ii) x2(n)= x((n+1))4


iii) x3(n) = x((4-n))4 (06 Marks)
H
-M

Module-3
5 a. Derive 8-point DIT-FFT radix-2 algorithm and draw signal flow graph. (08 Marks)
b. Find IDFT of x(k) = {36, -4 + j9.7, -4 + j4, -4 + j1.7, -4, -4 – j1.7, -4 – j4, -4 – j9.7}. Using
H

DIF FFT radix -2 algorithm. Use butterfly diagram. (08 Marks)


-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC52

pm
OR
6 a. Derive Goertzel algorithm to compute N-point DFT of an N-point sequence. Provide the
direct form – II structure of this algorithm. (08 Marks)

40
b. For sequence x(n) = (2, 0, 2, 0} determine x(2) using Goertzel algorithm. Assume initial
conditions are zero. (04 Marks)

9:
c. What is chirp signal? Mention the applications of chirp Z transform. (04 Marks)

:1
Module-4

H
01
7 a. Design a Butterworth analog high pass filter to meet the following specifications: Maximum

-M
passband attenuation = 2dB, minimum stop band attenuation = 20dB, passband edge
frequency = 200rad/sec, stop band edge frequency = 100 rad/sec. (12 Marks)

9
b. Obtain the direct form – I and direct form – II realization for the following system:

H
01
y(n )  0.75y(n  1)  0.125 y(n  2)  6x (n )  7 x (n  1)  x (n  2) (04 Marks)

-M
-2 OR

H
12
8 a. Design a butterworth low pass filter using the bilinear transformation for the following

-M
 
0.8  H e jw  1 for 0  w  0.2
9-

specification:
 
H e jw  0 for 0.6  w  
H
-2

Assume T = 2 (10 Marks)


-M
b. Obtain the parallel realization of the system function
U

1
1  z 1
VT

H( z)  3
pm (06 Marks)
-M

3 1 1 2
1 z  z
4 8

H
58
H

Module-5
-M
-M

3:

9 a. Determine the transfer function H(z) of an FIR filter to implement h(n) = (n) + 2 (n-1) +
H
:3

(n-2), Using frequency sampling technique. (08 Marks)


H

b. Develop the lattice structure for the difference equation


-M
01
-M

2 3 1
y(n )  x (n )  x (n  1)  x (n  2)  x (n  3) (08 Marks)
5 4 3
H
19
H

-M
-M

OR
0

10 a. Realize FIR linear phase filter for N, even. (08 Marks)


H
-2

b. Design FIR low pass filter for the frequency response


H

-M

e  j2 w   / 4  w   / 4
M

H d (e jw )  
 0 / 4  w  
-1

Use Hamming window to determine filter coefficient and frequency response. Take M = 5.
29

-M

(08 Marks)

*****
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC53

pm
USN

07
Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Verilog HDL

6:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:1
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. Explain the advantages of HDL’s over schematic-based design. (06 Marks)

H
01
b. Explain top-down design methodology and bottom-up design methodology. (10 Marks)

-M
-2 OR
2 a. Discuss the trends in HDLs. (06 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
b. Explain the design hierarchy using 4-bit ripple carry counter. (10 Marks)

-M
6-

Module-2
3 a. Explain the following data types with an example in verilog:
H
-2

i) Vectors ii) Registers iii) Time iv) Real. (08 Marks)


-M
b. What are system tasks and compiler directives? Explain. (08 Marks)
U
VT

OR pm
-M

4 a. What are the components of SR-latch? Write verilog HDL module of SR-latch. (08 Marks)
b. With an example, explain Hierarchical names. (08 Marks)

H
14
H

Module-3 -M
-M

5:

5 a. With the help of logic diagram, write a verilog code for 4 to 1 multiplexer using gate – level
modeling. (08 Marks)
H
:3
H

b. What are rise, fall and turn-off delays? Explain, how they are specified in verilog. (08 Marks)
-M
01
-M

OR
H

6 a. Explain conditional and concatenation operator with an example. (06 Marks)


19
H

b. Write a verilog dataflow description for 4-bit full adder with carry lookahead.
-M

(10 Marks)
-M

Module-4
H
-2

7 a. Explain briefly event based timing control in verilog. (08 Marks)


H

-M

b. Explain sequential and parallel blocks of verilog HDL. (08 Marks)


M

2
-1

OR
H

8 a. Write a verilog HDL code for JK flip-flop using case statement.


26

(08 Marks)
-M

b. With syntax, explain conditional and branching loop statements in verilog HDL. (08 Marks)
H

Module-5
-M

9 a. Explain the advantages and benefits of VHDL. (06 Marks)


b. Write a VHDL code for full-adder using two half adder in mixed style description.
(10 Marks)
H

OR
-M

10 a. Explain the synthesis process with a block diagram. (10 Marks)


b. Differentiate between signal assignment and variable assignment. (06 Marks)
H

*****
-M
H
M
pm
USN 15EC54

54
Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

7:
Information Theory and Coding

:1
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
Module-1

01
1 a. Define entropy and list the properties of entropy.

-M
(04 Marks)
b. Consider a zero memory source emitting three symbols s1, s2 and s3 with respective
-2
probabilities 0.5, 0.3 and 0.2. Calculate: i) Entropy of the source ii) All symbols and the
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
corresponding probabilities of the second order extension. Also, find entropy of extended

-M
source iii) Show that H(s2) = 2H(s). (08 Marks)
1-

c. Show that 1 Nat = 1.443 bits. (04 Marks)

H
-3

OR
-M
2 a. Define Markoff source. Explain with typical transition state diagram. (06 Marks)
U

b. For the Markoff source shown in Fig.Q.2(b), find


VT

i) State probabilities pm
-M

ii) State entropies


iii) Source entropy.

H
39
H

-M
-M

5:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

Fig.Q.2(b) (10 Marks)


-1

Module-2
31

-M

3 a. State and prove source coding theorem. (08 Marks)


b. Consider a discrete memoryless source with three symbols S = (X, Y, Z) with
P = (0.5, 0.35, 0.15)
H

i) Use Shanon’s first encoding technique and find the codewords for the symbols. Also,
-M

find the source efficiency and redundancy.


ii) Consider the second order extension of the source. Recompute the codewords,
efficiency and redundancy.
H

(08 Marks)
-M

1 of 3
H
-M
H
M
15EC54
OR

pm
4 a. Consider a discrete memoryless source with S = {A, B, C, D} with P = {0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1}.
Find the codeword using Huffman coding. Compute efficiency and variance. (08 Marks)
b. Write a note on LZ-Algorithm with an example. (08 Marks)

54
Module-3

7:
Show that (06 Marks)
5 a. For the Joint Probability Matrix (JPM) given, find: i) H(X) ii) H(Y) iii) H(X, Y)

:1
b. iv) H(Y/X) and v) H(X/Y)

H
01
y1 y2 y3 y4

-M
x1  0.2 0 0 0.05
x2 0 0.15 0.15 0 

9
JPM  P(X, Y)   (10 Marks)

H
01
x3  0 0 0.10 0.05

-M
 
x 4 0.10 0.10
-2 0 0.10

H
12
OR

-M
6 a. State and explain Muroga’s theorem. (04 Marks)
b. Find the capacity of the channel for the channel matrix P(Y/X):
1-

y1 y2 y3
H
-3

x1 0.2 0.5 0.3


-M

P(Y / X )  x 2 0.2 0.6 0.2


U

(08 Marks)
VT

x 3  0.1 0.1 0.8


H

c. Briefly explain Differential Entropy.


pm
-M

(04 Marks)

H
39

Module-4
H

7 a. Briefly explain the need of parity/redundant bits in the data transmission. Also, explain how
-M
-M

errors can be tackled using,


5:

i) FEC (Forward Error Correction) ii) ARQ codes (Automatic Repeat Request Codes).
H
:3

(06 Marks)
H

-M

b. Consider a (6, 3) Linear Block Code (LBC) with generator matrix


01
-M

1 0 0 1 1 1
G  0 1 0 1 1 0
H
19
H

-M

0 0 1 1 0 1
-M

Find:
H

i) All codewords
-2
H

-M

ii) All Hamming weights


M

iii) Minimum Hamming weight and distance


-1

iv) Parity Check Matrix (PCM)


H

v) Draw the encoder circuit. (10 Marks)


31

-M

OR
8 a. Explain the syndrome calculation and error detection with the help of neat circuit diagram
H

for cyclic codes. (06 Marks)


-M

4 6 7 8
b. Consider a (15, 7) binary cyclic code with g(x) = 1 + x + x + x + x
i) Draw the encoder circuit
H

ii) Obtain the codeword for the input (00111)


-M

iii) Draw the syndrome calculating circuit. (10 Marks)

2 of 3
H
-M
H
M
15EC54

pm
Module-5
9 a. Briefly explain: i) Golay codes ii) BCH codes. (06 Marks)
b. Consider the convolution encoder shown in Fig.Q.9(b).

54
i) Write the impulse response of the encoder.
ii) Find the output for the message (10011) using time-domain approach.

7:
iii) Find the output for the message (10011) using transform domain approach.

:1

H
01

-M
9

H
01

-M
-2
Fig.Q.9(b) (10 Marks)

H
12

-M
OR
1-

10 a. Explain various ways to represent convolution codes. (06 Marks)


b. For the convolution encoder g(1) = 110, g(2) = 101, g(3) = 111
H
-3

i) Draw the encoder block diagram for (3, 1, 2) convolution code


-M
U

ii) Find generator matrix


iii) Find codewords corresponding to information sequence 11101 using time domain and
VT

transform domain approach.


pm (10 Marks)
-M

*****

H
39
H

-M
-M

5:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

2
-1

H
31

-M
H
-M
H
-M

3 of 3
H
-M
H
M
15EC553

pm
USN

Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

39
Operating System

1:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing full question from each module.

:1

H
01
Module-1
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
1 a. Define operating system. Explain goals and operation of an operating system. (10 Marks)
b. Explain different computational structures in an operating system. (06 Marks)

H
02
OR

-M
2 a. Briefly explain the different classes of operating system, specifying the primary concern and
key concepts used. -2 (10 Marks)
b. In MPOS I/O bound programs should given higher priority than CPU bound programs
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
justify with timing diagram. (06 Marks)

-M
Module-2
3-

3 a. Define process control block, explain its content. (08 Marks)


H
-0

b. What is a thread? Compare kernel and user level thread. (08 Marks)
-M
U

OR
4 a. Compare non preemptive and preemptive scheduling. (08 Marks)
VT

pm
b. With neat block diagram explain scheduling in a time sharing system. (08 Marks)
-M

Module-3
a. Describe fixed and variable partitioned contiguous memory allocation schemer along with

H
29

5
H

their merits and demerits. -M (08 Marks)


-M

b. Explain the non contiguous allocation method.


4:

(08 Marks)

OR
H
:3
H

6 a. Explain the data structure in Virtual Memory (VM) handler. (08 Marks)
-M
01
-M

b. For the following page reference string calculate the number of page faults with FIFO when
i) Number of page frames are three
H

ii) Number of page frames are four


20
H

-M

Page reference string : 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 5 4 3 2 1 5. (08 Marks)


-M

Module-4
H

a. With a neat diagram, explain the facilities provided by file system and IOCS layers. (08 Marks)
-2

7
H

-M

b. Explain the different operations performed on files. (08 Marks)


M

OR
-0

a. Discuss methods of allocation of disk space with block representation.


H

8 (08 Marks)
03

b. Explain implementation of file access to open a file.


-M

(08 Marks)

Module-5
9 a. Explain implementation of message passing in detail. (08 Marks)
H

b. Explain the interposes communication in UNIX by pipe, message queue and socket
-M

technique. (08 Marks)

OR
H

10 a. What is dead lock? Explain dead locks in resource allocation. (08 Marks)
-M

b. Explain dead lock detection algorithm. (08 Marks)


H

*****
-M
H
M
15EC562

pm
USN

Fifth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

25
Object Oriented Programming Using C++

0:
:1
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
01
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1
1 a. Explain the structure of C++ program. List the applications of C++. (08 Marks)

0
b. How dynamic memory allocation and freeing the memory performed with the help of new

H
02
and delete operators? Explain with suitable examples. (08 Marks)

-M
-2 OR
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
2 a. What is reference variable in C++? Explain with suitable program. (06 Marks)

-M
b. Describe, with examples, the uses of enumeration data types and also mention differences in
the implementation of enum data type in ANSI C and C++.
7-

(06 Marks)
c. Explain selection control structure statements of C++. (04 Marks)
H
-0

-M
Module-2
U

3 a. Define recursion? Write a C++ program to calculate factorial of a given number using
VT

recursive function. (06 Marks)


H

pm
b. What are the parameter techniques supported by C++? Explain the call by reference with
-M

reference arguments with swaping of two integer program. (05 Marks)


c. What is a class? Explain the class specification with an example. (05 Marks)

H
34
H

-M
-M

OR
7:

4 a. What is an object? List the salient features of an object. (03 Marks)


H
:3

b. What are access specifiers? How many access specifiers are used in C++? Explain with
H

-M

examples. (06 Marks)


01
-M

c. What is a friend function? What are the characteristics of friend function, explain with an
example program. (07 Marks)
H
20
H

Module-3
-M
-M

5 a. Define constructor? What are the characteristics of constructor, explain with an example
0

program. (08 Marks)


H
-2

b. What is operator overloading? What are the steps involving in operator overloading, write a
H

-M

C++ program to add two complex numbers by overloading ‘+’ operator. (08 Marks)
M

1
-0

OR
H

6 a. Define destructor? What are the characteristics of destructors? Explain with an example
07

-M

program. (07 Marks)


b. Mention the operators that cannot overloaded in C++. (02 Marks)
H

c. Explain the overloading of unary operators with an example program. (07 Marks)
-M

Module-4
7 a. What is inheritance? Explain the different types of inheritance and syntax of defining
H

derived classes. (07 Marks)


-M

b. What is virtual function? What are the rules for virtual functions? (05 Marks)
c. Define pure virtual function. Explain the pure virtual function with an example program.
(04 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC562

pm
25
OR
8 a. Explain the single inheritance with an example program. (08 Marks)

0:
b. Explain the concept of polymorphism is incorporated in C++, explain with an example.

:1
(08 Marks)

H
01

-M
Module-5

0
9 a. What is Stream? List and explain the classes used for console I/O stream operations.

H
02
(05 Marks)
b. Explain the ios class functions and flags used for formatting output. (05 Marks)

-M
c. Write a program in C++ to copy content of one file into another file until end of file is
-2
reached display the copied content on the output screen. (06 Marks)

H
01

-M
OR
7-

10 a. Describe the various clsses available for file operations. (06 Marks)
H
-0

b. Explain how while (fin) statement detects the end of a file that is connected to fin stream.
-M
(03 Marks)
U

c. Explain opening a file with constructor function and opening a file with open ( ) function
VT

with suitable examples. (07 Marks)


H

pm
-M

*****

H
34
H

-M
-M

7:

H
:3
H

-M
01
-M

H
20
H

-M
-M

H
-2
H

-M
M

1
-0

H
07

-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
-M
H
M
15EC61

am
USN

28
Sixth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Digital Communication

3:
:5
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

H
08
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. Define Hilbert transform. State the properties of it. (04 Marks)

H
01
b. Obtain the Hilbert transform of

-M
i) x(t) = (Cos 2Ft + Sin 2Ft)
-2
ii) x(t) = c-j2Ft (04 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
c. Explain canonical representation of band pass signal. (08 Marks)

-M
8-

OR
2 a. Derive the expression for the complex low pass representation of bandpass systems.
H
-1

(08 Marks)
-M
b. For the given data stream 11011100. Sketch the line code
U

i) Unipolar NRZ
VT

ii) Polar NRZ


H

iii) Unipolar RZ
am
-M

iv) Bipolar NRZ (04 Marks)


13

H
c. Draw the power spectra of NRZ unipolar and NRZ polar format. (04 Marks)
H

-M
-M

Module-2
7:

3 a. Show that the energy of a signal is equal to squared length of the signal vector. (08 Marks)
H
:0

b. Obtain the decision rule for maximum likelihood decoding and explain the correlation
H

-M

receiver. (08 Marks)


09
-M

OR
H
19
H

4 a. Explain the correlation receiver using product integrator and matched filter. (08 Marks)
-M
-M

b. Three signals s1(t), s2(t) and s3(t) are shown in Fig.Q.4(b). Apply Gram Schmidt procedure
20

to obtain an orthonormal basis for the signals. Express signals s1(t), s2(t) and s3(t) in terms of
H

orthonormal basis functions. (08 Marks)


H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
18

-M
H

Fig.Q.4(b)
-M

Module-3
5 a. With necessary diagrams, explain the generation and reception of BPSK signal. (10 Marks)
H

b. Given the binary data 10010011, draw the BPSK and DPSK waveforms. (06 Marks)
-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC61

am
OR
6 a. Derive the expression for error probability of BFSK. (08 Marks)
b. With block diagram explain generation and detection of DPSK. (08 Marks)

28
Module-4

3:
7 a. What is ISI? Obtain the expression of output of a filter with intersymbol interference.

:5
(08 Marks)
b. Explain the Nyquist criterion for distortionless baseband binary transmission and obtain the

H
08
ideal solution for zero ISI. (08 Marks)

-M
OR

9
8 a. Draw and explain the time-domain and frequency domain of duobinary and modified

H
01
duobinary signal. (08 Marks)

-M
b. What is channel equalization? With a neat diagram, explain the concept of equalization
-2
using a linear transversal filter. (08 Marks)

H
12

-M
Module-5
9 a. Draw the 4 stage linear feedback shift register with 1st and 4th state is connected to
8-

Modulo-2 adder. Output of Modulo-2 is connected to 1st stage input. Find the output PN
H
-1

sequence and write the autocorrelation function with initial state 1000. (06 Marks)
-M
b. Explain the generation of direct sequence spread spectrum with relevant waveforms and
U

spectrums. (07 Marks)


VT

c. Write a short note on application of spread spectrum in wireless LAN’s. (03 Marks)
H

am
-M

OR
10 a. With necessary block diagram, explain the transmitter and receiver of frequency hop spread
13

H
H

spectrum. -M (08 Marks)


-M

b. With a neat block diagram, explain the CDMA system based on IS-95. (08 Marks)
7:

H
:0

*****
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
18

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC62

am
USN

56
Sixth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
ARM Microcontroller & Embedded Systems

4:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:0

H
09
Note: Answer FIVE full questions, choosing one full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. Explain the architecture of ARM cortex – M3 processor with the help of neat block diagram.

H
01
(10 Marks)

-M
b. List and explain the features of ARM cortex M3 processor.
-2 (06 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
OR
12

2 a. Explain the operation modes and privilege levels in cortex M3 processor.

-M
(08 Marks)
b. Explain two stack model and reset sequence in ARM cortex M3. (08 Marks)
9-

H
-2

Module-2
-M
3 a. Explain the following instruction with examples:
U

(i) ASR (ii) LSL (iii) ROR (iv) REV (08 Marks)
VT

b. Briefly explain bit band operations and memory map of cortex M3. (08 Marks)
H

am
-M

OR
4 a. Write a note on barrier instruction in cortex M3. (06 Marks)
10

H
H

b. With a diagram, explain the organization of CMSiS and its benefits.


-M (10 Marks)
-M

0:

Module-3
H
:1

5 a. Define embedded systems. Explain the 6 purpose of embedded systems with an example for
H

-M

each. (08 Marks)


09
-M

b. Explain the classification of embedded systems based on generation. (04 Marks)


c. Mention the application of embedded system with an example for each. (04 Marks)
H
19
H

-M

OR
-M

6 a. Explain the different ‘on board’ communication interfaces in brief.


20

(08 Marks)
b. Write a note on: (i) Reset circuit (ii) Watch dog timer.
H

(08 Marks)
H

-M
2-
M

Module-4
-1

7 a. Explain the different characteristics of embedded system in detail. (08 Marks)


H

b. With a block diagram, mention the components and in the design of a washing machine and
29

-M

also explain its working. (08 Marks)

OR
H

8 a. What is hardware and software co-design? Explain the fundamental design approaches in
-M

detail. (10 Marks)


b. With FSM model, explain the design and operation of automatic tea/coffee lending machine.
H

(06 Marks)
-M
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC62

am
Module-5
9 a. Define process. Explain in detail the structure, memory organization and state transitions of
the process. (08 Marks)

56
b. Explain multi processing, multi tasking and multi programming. (08 Marks)

4:
OR

:0
10 a. Explain the simulator and emulator. (08 Marks)
b. Write a note on message passing. (08 Marks)

H
09

-M
*****

H
01

-M
-2

H
12

-M
9-

H
-2

-M
U
VT

am
-M

10

H
H

-M
-M

0:

H
:1
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
29

-M
H
-M
H
-M
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC63

am
USN

Sixth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

28
VLSI Design

9:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:4
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. Explain the step-by-step CMOS P-Well fabrication process. (08 Marks)

H
01
b. With the mathematical equations, explain velocity saturation and mobility degradation effect
due to increase in saturation current.

-M
(08 Marks)
-2 OR
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
2 a. With the transfer characteristic of skewed inverter, explain the beta ratio effects. (06 Marks)
12

-M
b. Compare CMOS and bipolar technologies. (06 Marks)
c. Consider the nMOS transistor in a 180 nm process with a nominal threshold of 0.4V and
6-

doping level of 8  1017 cm-3. The body is tied to ground with a substrate contact. How much
H
-2

does the threshold change at room temperature if the source is at 1.1V instead of ‘0’?
-M
(04 Marks)
U

Module-2
VT

3 a. Discuss the -based design rules (i) Butting contact (ii) Transistors (nMOS, pMOS and
am
-M

CMOS) (08 Marks)


b. Derive the expression of delay interms of  for CMOS inverter pair. (08 Marks)
15

H
H

OR -M
-M

3:

4 a. Draw the layout for Y  A  BC using CMOS. (08 Marks)


b. Find the Cin for the layout shown in Fig.Q4(b).
H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

Fig.Q4(b) (08 Marks)


26

-M

Module-3
5 a. Define scaling. Explain the scaling factors for device parameters. (08 Marks)
H

b. What is Manchester Carry Chain? Explain it. (08 Marks)


-M

OR
6 a. What are the problems associated with VLSI design and how to reduce by using standard
H

practice? (06 Marks)


-M

b. Draw the 4  4 cross bar switch using MOS switches and explain it. (06 Marks)
c. Calculate the Regularity for 4  4 bit and 8  8 bit shifter. (04 Marks)
1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC63

am
Module-4
7 a. Construct a stick diagram for an nMOS parity generator as shown in Fig.Q7(a). The required
response is such that z = 1 if there is an even number (including zero) of 1s on the input and

28
z = 0 if there is an odd number.

9:
:4

H
08

-M
9
Fig.Q7(a)

H
(08 Marks)

01
b. Draw the block diagram of Generic structure of an FPGA fabric and explain it. (08 Marks)

-M
-2 OR

H
12
8 a. Construct a stick diagram for an multiplexer shown in Fig.Q8(a) using CMOS.

-M
6-

H
-2

-M
U
VT

am
-M

15

H
Fig.Q8(a) (08 Marks)
H

b. Explain the goals and techniques of FPGA based system design. -M (08 Marks)
-M

3:

Module-5
H
:0

9 a. What are the requirements for system timing considerations? (06 Marks)
H

-M

b. Explain the operation of a three transistor dynamic RAM cell. (06 Marks)
09
-M

c. Write a note on stuck - at faults. (04 Marks)


H
19
H

OR
-M
-M

10 a. With the help of block diagram, explain the process of logic verification. (08 Marks)
20

b. Explain the operation of CMOS pseudo-static memory cell. (08 Marks)


H
H

-M
2-

*****
M

-1

H
26

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC64

am
USN

04
Sixth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Computer Communication Networks

8:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:4

H
08
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. Mention the layers of TCP/IP protocol suite and explain briefly about layers and protocols in

H
01
each layer. (10 Marks)

-M
b. Define bit stuffing. Perform bit stuffing for given data 0001111111001111101000 assume
-2
flag as 01111110. (06 Marks)
cImportant Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12

-M
OR
2 a. Explain stop and wait protocol.
1-

(08 Marks)
b. (i) Define byte stuffing. (02 Marks)
H
-3

(ii) Perform byte stuffing for frame payload in which E is the Escape byte, F is the Flag
-M
byte, and D is the data byte other than an Escape or a Flag Character.
U

D E D D E D D E F D F D
VT

am (06 Marks)
-M

Module-2
3 a. Explain 1-persisent, non-persistent and p-persistent methods of (CSMA) Carrier Sense
39

H
H

Multiple Access. -M (06 Marks)


-M

b. Explain the Ethernet frame format of standard Ethernet. (06 Marks)


6:

c. In a standard Ethernet with the transmission rate of 10 Mbps, length of the medium is 2500
H
:0

meters and size of the frame is 512 bits. The propagation speed of the signal in the cable is
H

-M

normally 2  108 mts/sec. Find :


09
-M

(i) Propagation delay


(ii) Transmission delay
H
19
H

(iii) Number of frames that can fit in the medium


-M
-M

(iv) Efficiency (04 Marks)


20

OR
H

-M

4 a. Explain working of (CSMA/CD) carrier sense multiple access/collision detection. (08 Marks)
2-
M

b. Discuss polling as a controlled access technique. (04 Marks)


-1

c. A slotted ALOHA network transmits 200 bit frames using a shared channel with a 200 Kbps
H

bandwidth. Find the throughput if the system (all stations together) produce.
31

-M

(i) 1000 frames/sec


(ii) 500 frames/sec
(iii) 250 frames/sec (04 Marks)
H
-M

Module-3
5 a. What are the characteristics of wireless LAN? (05 Marks)
H

b. Write a note on Piconet and Scatternet in Bluetooth. (05 Marks)


-M

c. Explain the characteristics of Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) used to group stations.
(06 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC64

am
OR
6 a. Explain the following interconnecting devices:
(i) Hub

04
(ii) Link layer switch
(iii) Router (06 Marks)

8:
b. What is NAT? Explain how NAT helps in Address depletion (Network Address

:4
Translation). (05 Marks)
c. Find the spanning tree and logical connection between the switch.

H
08

-M
9

H
01

-M
-2

H
12

-M
S1, S2, S3, S4, S5 are switches
1-

Fig.Q6(c) (05 Marks)

H
-3

Module-4
-M
7 a. Explain IPV4 datagram format. (08 Marks)
U

b. Explain three phases of remote host and mobile host communication. (08 Marks)
VT

OR
am
-M

8 a. Explain least cost tree using shared link state data base with suitable example. (10 Marks)
39

H
b. With a neat diagram, explain general format of ICMP messages. (06 Marks)
H

-M
-M

6:

Module-5
9 a. With a neat diagram, explain connection establishment, data transfer and connection
H
:0

termination in Transmission Control Protocol (TCP). (10 Marks)


H

-M

b. The following is the content of UDP (User Datagram Protocol) header in hexadecimal
09
-M

format CB84000D001C001C. Find:


i) What is the source port number?
H
19
H

ii) What is the Destination port number?


-M
-M

iii) What is the total length of the user datagram?


20

iv) What is the length of the data?


H

v) Is the packet directed from a client to a server or vice versa? (06 Marks)
H

-M
2-
M

OR
-1

10 a. Briefly explain TCP segment format. (10 Marks)


H

b. Explain different field in user datagram packet format with a neat diagram. (06 Marks)
31

-M

*****
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC661

am
USN

Sixth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

34
Data Structures Using C++

6:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

:5
Module-1

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

1 a. What are template functions? Write a program to explain template functions.

-M
(05 Marks)
b. What is a linear list? List various operations on Linear list. (05 Marks)

0
c. Discuss Array Mapping? Map the list [5, 2, 4, 8, 1] using formulae i) location (i) = i

H
02
ii) location (7+i)%10. With array length = 10. (06 Marks)

-M
OR
2 a.
-2
Explain how new and delete operators are used for dynamic memory allocation. (05 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

b. What do you mean by Array Doubling? Write a program to double the length of an array.

H
01
(05 Marks)

-M
c. What are singly linked lists? Explain Remove and Insert operations with respect to singly
7-

linked lists. (06 Marks)


H
-0

Module-2
-M
3 a. Discuss the need for Row and column mapping. Explain with example. (05 Marks)
U

b. What are sparse matrices? Give the linear list representation or the same. (05 Marks)
VT

c. Describe Towers of Hanoi problem and give the solution for the same. (06 Marks)
H

OR
am
-M

4 a. Write a program to perform matrix addition and multiplication. (07 Marks)


b. What are special matrices? Explain the examples.
32

(09 Marks)

H
H

Module-3 -M
-M

7:

5 a. Discuss the nature of the Queue and explain queue mapping using arrays. (05 Marks)
b. Describe Railroad car Re-arrangement problem and derive the solution for the same.
H
:0
H

(06 Marks)
-M

c. What is a dictionary? Discuss various operations on dictionaries.


09

(05 Marks)
-M

OR
H

6 a. With a simple example, explain Array representation of queues. (05 Marks)


20
H

-M

b. Write a method for ‘push’ and ‘pop’ for linked queue. (05 Marks)
-M

c. With a real life example, explain Ideal Hashing. (06 Marks)


20

Module-4
H
H

7 a. Define Tree? Explain tree with real world example. (06 Marks)
-M
1-
M

b. Write a program for i) Pre order traversal ii) In order traversal iii) Post order traversal
-0

iv) level order traversal and explain. (10 Marks)


H

OR
07

-M

8 a. What are binary trees? Explain various properties of binary trees. (08 Marks)
b. Describe Abstract data type → Binary tree and derived class linked binary tree with code.
H

(08 Marks)
-M

Module-5
9 a. Give real life example to explain priority queue. (08 Marks)
b. Define a binary search tree and explain properties of binary search tree. (08 Marks)
H

OR
-M

10 a. Define Heap. Explain insert and delete operations using max.heap. (08 Marks)
b. Explain Heapsorting application and write a program for the same. (08 Marks)
H

*****
-M
H
M
15EC71

am
USN

22
Seventh Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Microwaves and Antennas

3:
:5
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

H
08
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
9
Module-1

H
01

-M
1 a. List four applications of Reflex Klystron. (04 Marks)
-2
b. Derive transmission line equations in voltage and current forms. (06 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

c. A transmission line is terminated in a resistive load of 1000 and has L = 9H/m and

H
12
C = 100pF/m. Calculate reflection coefficient and standing wave ratio.

-M
(06 Marks)
6-

OR
H
-1

2 a. Define reflection coefficient. Derive an expression for reflection coefficient at load in terms
-M
of characteristic impedance and load impedance. (08 Marks)
U

b. Explain microwave system with the aid of a diagram. (08 Marks)


VT

Module-2
am
-M

3 a. For a two port network with mismatched load derive an expression for input reflection
11

H
H

coefficient. -M (06 Marks)


-M

b. Draw the diagram of Magic–Tee. Derive S–matrix of Magic Tee. (10 Marks)
3:

H
:0

OR
H

-M

4 a. What is a reciprocal device? Write five point comparison among [S], [Z] and [Y] matrices.
09
-M

(06 Marks)
 3 7
H

b. Given [z]    . Find S–matrix. (05 Marks)


19
H

 2 5
-M
-M

c. Explain coaxial line fixed alternator with a diagram. (05 Marks)


20

Module-3
H

-M
2-
M

5 a. Derive characteristic impedance of micro-strip lines. (08 Marks)


-1

b. Define the following terms with respect to antennas :


H

i) Beam area
16

-M

ii) Radiation intensity


iii) Beam efficiency
H

iv) Directivity. (08 Marks)


-M

OR
6 a. Describe ohmic skin losses and radiation losses in micro-strip lines. (10 Marks)
H

b. A parabolic reflector antenna is circular in cross section with a diameter of 1.22m. If the
-M

maximum effective aperture is 55% of the physical aperture, calculate gain of the antenna in
dB at 20 GHz. (06 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC71

am
Module-4

22
7 a. Prove that directivity for a source with unidirectional pattern of Um COSn, where ‘n’ can be

3:
any number, can be expressed as D = 2(n + 1). (06 Marks)

:5
b. Obtain filed expression of two isotropic point sources of same amplitude and phase.
(10 Marks)

H
08

-M
OR
8 a. State and explain power theorem. (06 Marks)

9
b. Derive an expression for radiation resistance of short electric dipole. (10 Marks)

H
01

-M
-2 Module-5

H
12
9 a. Find directivity and radiation resistance of a loop antenna with diameter of 2. (06 Marks)

-M
b. Write a short note on Helical antenna geometry. (06 Marks)
c. What is the directivity in dB of a rectangular horn antenna, which has physical
6-

aperture of
812, with aperture efficiency 89%? (04 Marks)
H
-1

-M
OR
U

10 a. Derive radiation resistance of a small single turn circular loop antenna with uniform phase
VT

current.
H

am (08 Marks)
b. Draw the structure of a pyramidal horn antenna. Use the principle of equality of path length
-M

and bring out the optimum horn dimensions. (08 Marks)


11

H
H

-M
-M

*****
3:

H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
16

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC72

am
USN

51
Seventh Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Digital Image Processing

7:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:5
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. With the help of a block diagram, explain the fundamental steps in digital image processing.

H
01
(10 Marks)

-M
b. Explain the concept of sampling and quantization using a single example. (06 Marks)
-2 OR
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
2 a. Explain the importance of brightness adaption and discrimination in image processing.

-M
(06 Marks)
9-

b. Explain ‘false contouring’ and check board pattern in image processing. (06 Marks)
c. Explain city block distance with an example. (04 Marks)
H
-1

-M
Module-2
U

3 a. Explain the power law transformation and piece –wise linear contrast stretching with a neat
VT

graphical illustration. am (10 Marks)


b. Explain with a block diagram, the basic steps for image filtering in frequency domain.
-M

(06 Marks)
08

H
H

OR -M
-M

4 a. Perform histogram, equalization of the 5 × 5 image.


9:

Gray level 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
H
:0

Number of pixels 0 0 0 6 14 5 0 0
H

-M

Table Q4(a)
09
-M

whose data is shown in table Q4(a). (08 Marks)


b. Explain the smoothing of images in frequency domain using :
H
19
H

i) ideal low pass filter ii) butter worth low pass filter. (08 Marks)
-M
-M

20

Module-3
H

5 a. Explain the basic model of image restoration process. Explain any four important noise
H

-M
2-

probability density functions. (10 Marks)


M

b. Explain minimum mean square error (Wiener) filtering in image processing. (06 Marks)
-1

OR
19

-M

6 a. Explain adaptive mean filter and list its advantages. (08 Marks)
b. With necessary mathematical equations, explain estimate the degradation function by
modeling.
H

(08 Marks)
-M

Module-4
7 a. Develop a procedure for converting :
H

i) RGB to HSI model


-M

ii) HSI to RGB model. (08 Marks)


b. Obtain the Harr transform matrix for N = 4. (08 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC72

am
OR

51
8 a. Write a note on pseudocolor image processing. Explain intensity slicing as applied to pseudo
color image processing. (08 Marks)

7:
b. Explain Erosion and Dilation in image processing. (08 Marks)

:5
Module-5

H
08
9 a. Explain Marr-Wildreth edge detector in image processing. (08 Marks)

-M
b. Explain MPP algorithm in image representation (MPP – Minimum Permimeter Polygon).
(08 Marks)

H
01
OR

-M
10 a. Explain basic global thresholding with iterative algorithm. (08 Marks)
-2
b. Explain simple descriptors and Fourier descriptors. (08 Marks)

H
12

-M
*****
9-

H
-1

-M
U
VT

am
-M

08

H
H

-M
-M

9:

H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
19

-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
-M
H
M
15EC73

am
USN

20
Seventh Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Power Electronics

1:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:5

H
08
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. What is a converter? How are power converters classified? Explain briefly. (08 Marks)

H
01
b. Give symbol, characteristic features of the following devices:

-M
GTO, TRIAC, MOSFET, UJT -2 (08 Marks)
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
12
OR

-M
2 a. With necessary waveforms, explain the steady state characteristics of a power transistor.
3-

(08 Marks)
b. Draw the switching model of MOSFET and explain its switching characteristics with neat
H
-2

figure. (08 Marks)


-M
U

Module-2
VT

3
am
a. With a neat figure, explain the dynamic turn-on and turn-off characteristics of a thyristor.
-M

(08 Marks)
b. Derive expression for anode current using two-transistor model in case of SCR. (08 Marks)
11

H
H

OR
-M
-M

3:

4 a. What is forced commutation? With the help of circuit diagram and waveform, explain the
H
:0

operation of class-A commutation. (08 Marks)


H

b. With neat circuit diagram and waveforms, explain RC – Half wave firing circuit. (08 Marks)
-M
09
-M

Module-3
H
19
H

5 a. With a circuit diagram and waveform, explain the working of a single-phase full converter
-M
-M

with RL load. Derive an expression for the average voltage across the load. (08 Marks)
20

b. What is a dual converter? Explain its operation with a neat circuit diagram. (08 Marks)
H
H

-M
2-

OR
M

6 a. What is an AC voltage controller? With the help of waveform, explain ON-OFF AC voltage
-1

controller. (08 Marks)


H
23

b. Explain the operation of single phase bi-directional AC voltage controller for inductive load
-M

with the help of circuit diagram and waveforms. (08 Marks)


H

Module-4
-M

7 a. Explain the working principle of step-down chopper and derive expression for :
(i) Average output voltage
(ii) Output power
H

(iii) Effective input resistance in terms of chopper duty cycle. (08 Marks)
-M

b. Explain the operation of a step-up chopper with resistive load. (08 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC73

am
OR
8 a. With the help of circuit diagram, explain four quadrant type E Chopper. (08 Marks)
b. With the help of circuit diagram and waveforms, explain the working of a Buck regulator.

20
Derive the expression for peal-peak-ripple current of the inductor. (08 Marks)

1:
:5
Module-5
9 a. Explain the operation of single-phase half bridge inverter with feedback diodes, derive the

H
08
expression for r.m.s output voltage. (08 Marks)

-M
b. With the help of circuit diagram and waveform, explain the operation of transistorized

9
current source inverter. What are the advantages and disadvantages of CSI? (08 Marks)

H
01

-M
-2 OR
10 a. Explain the performance parameters of inverters. (08 Marks)

H
12
b. Explain the variable DC link inverter with circuit diagram and waveforms. (04 Marks)

-M
c. Write short note on static switches. (04 Marks)
3-

H
-2

*****
-M
U
VT

am
-M

11

H
H

-M
-M

3:

H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
23

-M
H
-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC743

am
USN

04
Seventh Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Real Time Systems

2:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:5
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
08
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. What is Real Time System? Explain general computer control system with neat block

H
01
diagram. (06 Marks)

-M
b. Explain different types of programs in system design.
-2 (06 Marks)
c. Define :
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
i) Clock based system
12

-M
ii) Event based system. (04 Marks)
7-

OR
H
-2

2 a. Draw and explain Direct digital control. (06 Marks)


-M
b. Explain dual computer scheme. (06 Marks)
U

c. Write a note on Hierarchical systems. (04 Marks)


VT

am
-M

Module-2
3 a. Explain pulse interface for input and output operation with a neat block diagram. (06 Marks)
13

H
b. What is necessity of using specialized processor if RTS? Explain the different types of
H

parallel computer.
-M (06 Marks)
-M

2:

c. Define Asynchronous and synchronous transmission. (04 Marks)


H
:0
H

-M

OR
09
-M

4 a. Explain ISO seven layer model for data communication. (06 Marks)
b. Explain different LAN Topologies. (06 Marks)
H
19
H

c. Write a note on Interrupt response (04 Marks)


-M
-M

20

Module-3
H

5 a. Explain declaration and initialization of variables and constants. (06 Marks)


H

-M
2-

b. Explain four language subset in RTS. (04 Marks)


M

c. Explain use of table driven system with database manager for application oriented software.
-1

(06 Marks)
H
27

-M

OR
6 a. What is cutlass and what are the major requirements of cutlass. (06 Marks)
b. With flow diagram, explain standard structured program constructs.
H

(04 Marks)
c. What if coroutines? Explain use of coroutines with example.
-M

(06 Marks)

Module-4
H

7 a. Explain tasks management system with states of tasks. (06 Marks)


-M

b. What is code sharing? How do you overcome the code sharing problem? (04 Marks)
c. Write a note on liveness of RTS. (06 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
am
15EC743

04
2:
OR

:5
8 a. Explain the problem of shared memory and how semaphore is used to overcome this

H
08
problem. (06 Marks)

-M
b. Explain :
i) Task chaining and swapping

9
ii) Task overlying (06 Marks)

H
01
c. Describe in briefly mutual exclusion. (04 Marks)

-M
-2
Module-5

H
12
9 a. Explain foreground and background systems with flowchart. (06 Marks)

-M
b. Describe the single program approach with flow chart respect to RTS design. (06 Marks)
7-

c. Discuss preliminary design detail of RTS. (04 Marks)


H
-2

-M

OR
U

10 a. Explain with relevant diagrams the Ward and Mellor method. (07 Marks)
VT

b. Explain the Yordon methodology. am (05 Marks)


-M

c. Write a note on Drying Oven context diagram. (04 Marks)


13

H
H

***** -M
-M

2:

H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
27

-M
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
-M
H
M
am
15EC751

06
USN

1:
Seventh Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020

:5
DSP Algorithms and Architecture

H
08
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Note: Answer any FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.

H
02
Module-1

-M
1
-2
a. With a neat block diagram, explain DSP systems. Mention the design issues in
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
01
implementing DSP system. (08 Marks)

-M
b. Explain interpolation process with relevant equations. Find the interpolated sequence if the
input x(n) = [0, 3, 6, 9, 12] is inter-plated using L = 3. The coefficient of low-pass filter
1-

bk = [1/3, 2/3, 1, 2/3, 1/3]. (08 Marks)


H
-0

-M
U

OR
VT

2
am
a. Discuss in detail, the typical formats used for numbers to represent signals and coefficients
-M

in DSP systems. (10 Marks)


b. Calculate the dynamic range and precision of each of the following number representation
49

H
formats :
H

i) 24-bit, single–precision, fixed-point format -M


-M

3:

ii) 48-bit, double–precision, fixed-point format


iii) A floating–point format with a 16-bit mantissa and an 8-bit exponent. (06 Marks)
H
:0
H

-M
09
-M

Module-2
H
20
H

3 a. Design a 4 × 4 Braun multiplier. Explain in detail with relevant equations comment on bus
-M
-M

width. (10 Marks)


20

b. Explain the following addressing modes :


H

i) Circular addressing mode


H

-M
1-

ii) Indirect addressing mode. (06 Marks)


M

-0

OR
H

4 a. Explain MAC unit with a neat block diagram. Discuss in detail, the methods to avoid
01

-M

overflow/underflow condition. (10 Marks)


b. Explain the function of address generation unit. (06 Marks)
H
-M

Module-3
5 a. Compare the architectural features of three fixed-point DSPs : TMS320C25, DSP56000,
H

ADSP2100. (04 Marks)


-M

b. Explain the functional diagram of barrel shifter of TMS320C54XX processor. (06 Marks)
c. Explain direct addressing mode for TMS320C54XX processor. (06 Marks)
H

1 of 2
-M
H
M
15EC751

am
OR

06
6 a. Describe the operation of the following instructions :

1:
i) MPY AR2–,  AR4 +0, B

:5
ii) MAS AR3–,  AR4 +,B,A
iii) RPT #2. (06 Marks)

H
08
b. Write a program to compute the sum of three products terms given by the equation

-M
y(n) = h0 x(n) + h1 x(n – 1) + h2 x(n – 2) where x(n), x(n – 1) and x(n – 2) are data samples
stored at three successive data-memory locations and h0, h1 and h2 are constants stored at 3

H
other successive locations in data-memory. The result y(n) is stored in the data-memory use

02
indirect addressing mode to access data and use MAC instruction.

-M
(06 Marks)
c. Show the six-stage pipeline of TMS320C54XX execution. Explain each stage in detail.
-2 (04 Marks)

H
01

-M
Module-4
1-

7 H
a. Explain the concept of Q-notation and highlight on multiplication of number represented
-0

-M
using Q–notation. (06 Marks)
U

b. Write a TMS320C54XX program that illustrates the implementation of an interpolating FIR


filter of length 15 and interpolating factor 5. (10 Marks)
VT

am
-M

OR
49

H
H

8 a. Write TMS320C54XX program for the following subroutines of 8-point FFT implantations.
-M
-M

i) Butterfly subroutine
3:

ii) Bit reverse subroutine. (10 Marks)


H
:0

b. Derive the expression for optimal scaling factor for DIT-FFT butterfly algorithm. (06 Marks)
H

-M
09
-M

Module-5
H
20
H

-M

9 a. Explain in brief how interrupt handling is done in TMS320C54XX device with a flow chart.
-M

(10 Marks)
20

b. Design a circuit to interface an 8KX16 program ROM to TMS320C5416 DSP in the address
H

range 7FE000h – 7FFFFFh. (06 Marks)


H

-M
1-
M

-0

OR
H
01

-M

10 a. Explain with a block dg clipping auto correlation speech detector. (08 Marks)
b. Explain JPEG algorithms with relevant block diagram for image processing. (08 Marks)
H
-M

*****
H
-M

2 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC81

am
USN

48
Eighth Semester B.E. Degree Examination, Dec.2019/Jan.2020
Wireless Cellular and LTE 4G Broadband

9:
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 80

:0

H
09
Note: Answer FIVE full questions, choosing ONE full question from each module.
2. Any revealing of identification, appeal to evaluator and /or equations written eg, 42+8 = 50, will be treated as malpractice.

-M
Module-1

9
1 a. List the advantages of OFDM leading to its selection for LTE and explain. (08 Marks)

H
01
b. Discuss the delay spread and coherence bandwidth with relevant expressions. (08 Marks)

-M
-2 OR
Important Note : 1. On completing your answers, compulsorily draw diagonal cross lines on the remaining blank pages.

H
a. Write the block diagram of end to end architecture of EPC supporting current and legacy
12
2

-M
Radio access networks and discuss the elements of EPC. (08 Marks)
b. Consider a user in downlink of a cellular system where the desired base station is at a
7-

distance 0.5 KM and the interfering base stations (i) B1 and B2 located at a distance of
H
-1

1.0 KM, (ii) B3, B4 and B5 located at a distance of 2 KM (iii) B6 to B11 treated at a
-M
distance of 2.66 KM. Each of the stations transmitted power at the same level. Find the SIR
U

when the path loss exponent α = 3 and also when α = 5. (08 Marks)
VT

Module-2
am
-M

3 a. With the help of neat diagrams explain how the timing and frequency synchronization is
performed by the receiver to demodulate an OFDM signal.
25

H
(08 Marks)
H

b. Write the block diagrams of receive diversity and explain the principle of operation.
-M
-M

(08 Marks)
4:

H
:1

OR
H

-M

4 a. Write the block diagram of OFDMA down link transmitter and explain the principle of
09
-M

operation. (08 Marks)


b. Explain the spatial multiplexing MIMD system and the key points of single user MIMD
H

system model.
19
H

(08 Marks)
-M
-M

Module-3
20

5 a. Discuss the radio interface protocol stock of LTE.


H

(08 Marks)
H

b. Write the structure of downlink resource grid and explain the types of resource allocation.
-M
2-
M

(08 Marks)
-1

OR
17

-M

6 a. Write the Frame structure Type 2 and explain the various fields applicable to TDD mode.
(08 Marks)
b. Discuss the Broadcast channels and multicast channels. (08 Marks)
H
-M

Module-4
7 a. With the help of a neat block diagram, explain the SC-FDMA base band signal generation.
(08 Marks)
H

b. Discuss the random access procedures in detail. (08 Marks)


-M

1 of 2
H
-M
H
M
15EC81

am
OR
8 a. Explain the seven different transmission modes, defined for data transmission on the
PDSCH channel. (07 Marks)

48
b. Discuss the scheduling and resource allocation in LTE. (09 Marks)

9:
:0
Module-5
9 a. Explain the main services and functions of the PDCP. (08 Marks)

H
09
b. Describe the various phases of S1 mobility with a neat diagram. (08 Marks)

-M
9
OR

H
10 a. Explain the data transfer modes and the main services and functions of the RLC sublayer.

01
(08 Marks)

-M
b. Discuss the intercell interference coordination in downlink and uplink.
-2 (08 Marks)

H
12

-M
*****
7-

H
-1

-M
U
VT

am
-M

25

H
H

-M
-M

4:

H
:1
H

-M
09
-M

H
19
H

-M
-M

20

H
H

-M
2-
M

-1

H
17

-M
H
-M
H
-M
H

2 of 2
-M
H
M

You might also like